Brake Control System: Section

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 236

BRAKES

BRC
A

B
SECTION
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM C

E
CONTENTS
TYPE 1 Component Parts Location ......................................18 BRC
Component Description ...........................................19
BASIC INSPECTION .................................... 7
TCS .................................................................... 20
G
APPLICATION NOTICE ...................................... 7 System Diagram ......................................................20
Application Notice ..................................................... 7 System Description ..................................................20
Component Parts Location ......................................21
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW .......... 8 Component Description ...........................................22 H
Work Flow ................................................................. 8
Diagnostic Work Sheet ............................................ 11 ABS ................................................................... 23
System Diagram ......................................................23 I
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ....................12 System Description ..................................................23
Component Parts Location ......................................24
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
Component Description ...........................................25
CONTROL UNIT ........................................................ 12 J
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING EBD ................................................................... 26
CONTROL UNIT : Description ................................ 12 System Diagram ......................................................26
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING System Description ..................................................26 K
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement .... 12 Component Parts Location ......................................27
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Component Description ...........................................28
NEUTRAL POSITION ................................................ 12 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR L
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ....... 29
NEUTRAL POSITION : Description ........................ 12
CONSULT Function (ABS) ......................................29
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
M
NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Require- DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 34
ment ........................................................................ 12
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................... 34
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR ................... 13 N
Application Notice ....................................................34
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Descrip-
tion .......................................................................... 13 C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN-
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Special SOR ................................................................... 35 O
Repair Requirement ................................................ 13 DTC Logic ................................................................35
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................35
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 15
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN- P
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................15
SOR ................................................................... 39
Application Notice ................................................... 15
DTC Logic ................................................................39
VDC ....................................................................16 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................39
System Diagram ...................................................... 16
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ........ 41
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram ....................................... 16
Description ...............................................................41
System Description ................................................. 17

Revision: August 2014 BRC-1 2015 Frontier NAM


DTC Logic ............................................................... 41 DTC Logic ............................................................... 60
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 41 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 60
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 42 Component Inspection ............................................ 61
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 61
C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELEC-
TRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) ........................... 43 C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ... 62
DTC Logic ............................................................... 43 Description .............................................................. 62
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 43 DTC Logic ............................................................... 62
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 43 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 62
Component Inspection ............................................ 63
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYS- Special Repair Requirement ................................... 63
TEM .................................................................... 44
Description .............................................................. 44 C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH ........... 65
DTC Logic ............................................................... 44 Description .............................................................. 65
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 44 DTC Logic ............................................................... 65
Component Inspection ............................................ 45 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 65
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 45 Component Inspection ............................................ 66
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 66
C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DE-
CEL G SENSOR ................................................ 46 C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR ......................... 68
Description .............................................................. 46 Description .............................................................. 68
DTC Logic ............................................................... 46 DTC Logic ............................................................... 68
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 46 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 68
Component Inspection ............................................ 47
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET ............................... 69
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 47
Description .............................................................. 69
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]... 48 DTC Logic ............................................................... 69
Description .............................................................. 48 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 69
DTC Logic ............................................................... 48
C1163 ST ANGLE SEN SAFE .......................... 70
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 48
Description .............................................................. 70
Component Inspection ............................................ 49
DTC Logic ............................................................... 70
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 50
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 70
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH ............................ 51
C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYS-
Description .............................................................. 51
DTC Logic ............................................................... 51
TEM .................................................................... 71
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 51 Description .............................................................. 71
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 52 DTC Logic ............................................................... 71
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 71
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL ..... 53 Component Inspection ............................................ 72
Description .............................................................. 53 Special Repair Requirement ................................... 72
DTC Logic ............................................................... 53
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 53
C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL
Component Inspection ............................................ 54 UNIT ................................................................... 74
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 54 Description .............................................................. 74
DTC Logic ............................................................... 74
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL... 56 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 74
Description .............................................................. 56
DTC Logic ............................................................... 56 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ............................ 75
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 56 Description .............................................................. 75
Component Inspection ............................................ 57 DTC Logic ............................................................... 75
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 57 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 75

C1130, C1131, C1132, C1133, C1136 EN- VDC OFF SWITCH ............................................ 76
GINE SIGNAL .................................................... 59 Description .............................................................. 76
Description .............................................................. 59 Component Function Check ................................... 76
DTC Logic ............................................................... 59 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 76
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................. 59 Component Inspection ............................................ 77
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 77
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY ................................... 60
Description .............................................................. 60
ABS WARNING LAMP ...................................... 78

Revision: August 2014 BRC-2 2015 Frontier NAM


Description .............................................................. 78 PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION
Component Function Check .................................... 78 SOUND OCCURS ........................................... 105 A
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 78 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 105
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 78
VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS
BRAKE WARNING LAMP .................................79 B
CONTROL ....................................................... 106
Description .............................................................. 79 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 106
Component Function Check .................................... 79
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 79 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 107 C
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 79 Description ............................................................. 107

VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP ............................80 PRECAUTION ............................................ 108 D


Description .............................................................. 80
Component Function Check .................................... 80 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 108
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 80 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 81 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN- E
SIONER" ............................................................... 108
SLIP INDICATOR LAMP ....................................82 Precaution for Brake System ................................. 108
Description .............................................................. 82 Precaution for Brake Control ................................. 109 BRC
Component Function Check .................................... 82 Precaution for CAN System ................................... 110
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 82
Special Repair Requirement ................................... 82 PREPARATION ......................................... 111
G
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 83 PREPARATION ............................................... 111
Special Service Tool .............................................. 111
APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................83 Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 111 H
Application Notice ................................................... 83
UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .... 112
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT) ..............................................84 WHEEL SENSOR ............................................ 112 I
Reference Value ..................................................... 84 Removal and Installation ....................................... 112
Fail-Safe .................................................................. 88
DTC No. Index ........................................................ 88
SENSOR ROTOR ............................................ 113
J
Removal and Installation ....................................... 113
WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 90
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEM-
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC ..................90 BLY) ................................................................ 114 K
Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT Removal and Installation ....................................... 114
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST ........................... 90
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR ......................... 116
L
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS .............................. 99 Removal and Installation ....................................... 116

APPLICATION NOTICE .....................................99 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR ........... 117


Application Notice ................................................... 99 Removal and Installation ....................................... 117 M
TYPE 2
VDC/TCS/ABS .................................................. 100
Symptom Table ..................................................... 100 BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 118
N
EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 118
FREQUENCY ................................................... 101 Application Notice .................................................. 118
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 101 O
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW ...... 119
UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION ................ 102 Work Flow .............................................................. 119
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 102 Diagnostic Work Sheet .......................................... 122
P
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG .............. 103 INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT ................ 123
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 103
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE ......... 104 CONTROL UNIT ...................................................... 123
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 104 ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
CONTROL UNIT : Description ............................... 123

Revision: August 2014 BRC-3 2015 Frontier NAM


ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONSULT Function (ABS) ................................... 146
CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Requirement ....123
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 151
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
NEUTRAL POSITION ..............................................123 APPLICATION NOTICE ................................... 151
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR Application Notice ................................................. 151
NEUTRAL POSITION : Description .......................123
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SEN-
NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Require- SOR .................................................................. 152
ment .......................................................................123 DTC Logic ............................................................. 152
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR ..................124
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Descrip- C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SEN-
tion .........................................................................124 SOR .................................................................. 156
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Special DTC Logic ............................................................. 156
Repair Requirement ..............................................124 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 156

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 126 C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM ....... 158
Description ............................................................ 158
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 126 DTC Logic ............................................................. 158
Application Notice ..................................................126 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 159
Hill descent control ........................................ 127
System Diagram ....................................................127 C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELEC-
Hydraulic Circuit Diagram ......................................127 TRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) .......................... 160
System Description ................................................128 DTC Logic ............................................................. 160
Component Parts Location ....................................129 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160
Component Description .........................................130 Special Repair Requirement ................................. 160
Hill start assist ................................................ 131 C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYS-
System Diagram ....................................................131 TEM ................................................................... 161
System Description ................................................131 Description ............................................................ 161
Component Parts Location ....................................132 DTC Logic ............................................................. 161
Component Description .........................................133 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161
Component Inspection .......................................... 162
VDC .................................................................. 134
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 162
System Diagram ....................................................134
System Description ................................................134 C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DE-
Component Parts Location ....................................135 CEL G SENSOR ............................................... 163
Component Description .........................................136 Description ............................................................ 163
TCS .................................................................. 137 DTC Logic ............................................................. 163
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163
System Diagram ....................................................137
Component Inspection .......................................... 164
System Description ................................................137
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 164
Component Parts Location ....................................138
Component Description .........................................139 C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL].. 165
ABS .................................................................. 140 Description ............................................................ 165
DTC Logic ............................................................. 165
System Diagram ....................................................140
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 165
System Description ................................................140
Component Inspection .......................................... 166
Component Parts Location ....................................141
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 167
Component Description .........................................142

EBD .................................................................. 143 C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH .......................... 168


Description ............................................................ 168
System Diagram ....................................................143
DTC Logic ............................................................. 168
System Description ................................................143
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 168
Component Parts Location ....................................144
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 169
Component Description .........................................145

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL .... 170
Description ............................................................ 170
AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)] ..... 146
DTC Logic ............................................................. 170

Revision: August 2014 BRC-4 2015 Frontier NAM


Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170 C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL
Component Inspection .......................................... 171 UNIT ................................................................ 191 A
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 171 Description ............................................................. 191
DTC Logic .............................................................. 191
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL.. 173 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 191
Description ............................................................ 173 B
DTC Logic ............................................................. 173 U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 192
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173 Description ............................................................. 192
Component Inspection .......................................... 174 DTC Logic .............................................................. 192 C
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 174 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 192
C1130, C1131, C1132, C1133, C1136 EN- Hill descent control SWITCH ........................ 193 D
GINE SIGNAL ................................................... 176 Description ............................................................. 193
Description ............................................................ 176 Component Function Check .................................. 193
DTC Logic ............................................................. 176 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 193
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 176 Component Inspection ........................................... 194 E
Special Repair Requirement .................................. 194
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY .................................. 177
Description ............................................................ 177 VDC OFF SWITCH .......................................... 195 BRC
DTC Logic ............................................................. 177 Description ............................................................. 195
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 177 Component Function Check .................................. 195
Component Inspection .......................................... 178 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 195
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 178 G
Component Inspection ........................................... 196
Special Repair Requirement .................................. 196
C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .. 179
Description ............................................................ 179 ABS WARNING LAMP ................................... 197 H
DTC Logic ............................................................. 179 Description ............................................................. 197
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179 Component Function Check .................................. 197
Component Inspection .......................................... 180 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 197 I
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 180 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 197
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH .......... 182 BRAKE WARNING LAMP .............................. 198
Description ............................................................ 182 Description ............................................................. 198 J
DTC Logic ............................................................. 182 Component Function Check .................................. 198
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 182 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198
Component Inspection .......................................... 183 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 198 K
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 183
Hill descent control INDICATOR LAMP ....... 199
C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR ........................ 185 Description ............................................................. 199
Description ............................................................ 185 Component Function Check .................................. 199 L
DTC Logic ............................................................. 185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 199
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 185 Special Repair Requirement .................................. 199
M
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET .............................. 186 VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP ......................... 200
Description ............................................................ 186 Description ............................................................. 200
DTC Logic ............................................................. 186 Component Function Check .................................. 200
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 186 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200 N
Special Repair Requirement .................................. 201
C1163 ST ANGLE SEN SAFE ......................... 187
Description ............................................................ 187 SLIP INDICATOR LAMP ................................. 202 O
DTC Logic ............................................................. 187 Description ............................................................. 202
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 187 Component Function Check .................................. 202
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 202
C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYS- Special Repair Requirement .................................. 202
P
TEM .................................................................. 188
Description ............................................................ 188 ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 203
DTC Logic ............................................................. 188
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 188 APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 203
Component Inspection .......................................... 189 Application Notice .................................................. 203
Special Repair Requirement ................................. 189

Revision: August 2014 BRC-5 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 225
(CONTROL UNIT) ............................................ 204
Reference Value ....................................................204
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 226
Description ............................................................ 226
Fail-Safe ................................................................208
DTC No. Index .......................................................208 PRECAUTION ........................................... 227
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 210 PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 227
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC ............... 210 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST ..........................210 SIONER" ............................................................... 227
Precaution for Brake System ................................ 227
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 218 Precaution for Brake Control ................................. 228
Precaution for CAN System .................................. 229
APPLICATION NOTICE .................................. 218
Application Notice ..................................................218 PREPARATION ......................................... 230
VDC/TCS/ABS ................................................. 219 PREPARATION ................................................ 230
Symptom Table .....................................................219 Special Service Tool ............................................. 230
Commercial Service Tool ...................................... 230
EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION
FREQUENCY ................................................... 220 UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ... 231
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................220
WHEEL SENSOR ............................................. 231
UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION ................ 221 Removal and Installation ....................................... 231
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................221
SENSOR ROTOR ............................................. 232
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG ............. 222 Removal and Installation ....................................... 232
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................222
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEM-
ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE ........ 223 BLY) .................................................................. 233
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................223 Removal and Installation ....................................... 233

PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .......................... 235


SOUND OCCURS ............................................ 224 Removal and Installation ....................................... 235
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................224
YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR ............ 236
VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS Removal and Installation ....................................... 236
CONTROL ........................................................ 225

Revision: August 2014 BRC-6 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]

BASIC INSPECTION A
APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710595
B

Service information Remarks


C
TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS
D

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-7 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010710596

PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS


If steering angle sensor, steering system parts, suspension system parts, ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit) or tires have been replaced, or if wheel alignment has been adjusted, be sure to adjust neutral posi-
tion of steering angle sensor before driving. Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-8 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
OVERALL SEQUENCE
A

BRC

JSFIA0010GB
P
DETAILED FLOW
1.COLLECT THE INFORMATION FROM THE CUSTOMER
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the diagnosis worksheet. Refer to BRC-11, "Diagnostic Work Sheet".

>> GO TO 2

Revision: August 2014 BRC-9 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]

2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS


Check the DTC display with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
Is there any DTC displayed?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4
3.PERFORM THE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the diagnosis applicable to the displayed DTC. Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index".

>> GO TO 7
4.CHECK THE SYMPTOM THAT IS NOT CONSIDERED A SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Check that the symptom is a normal operation that is not considered a system malfunction. Refer to BRC-107,
"Description".
Is the symptom a normal operation?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> GO TO 5
5.CHECK THE WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION
Check that the warning lamp and indicator lamp illuminate.
• ABS warning lamp: Refer to BRC-78, "Description".
• Brake warning lamp: Refer to BRC-79, "Description".
• VDC OFF indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-80, "Description".
• SLIP indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-82, "Description".
Is ON/OFF timing normal?
YES >> GO TO 6
NO >> GO TO 2
6.PERFORM THE DIAGNOSIS BY SYMPTOM
Perform the diagnosis applicable to the symptom.

>> GO TO 7
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace the specified malfunctioning parts.

>> GO TO 8
8.FINAL CHECK
Perform the self-diagnosis again, and check that the malfunction is repaired completely. After checking, erase
the self-diagnosis memory. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
Is no other DTC present and the repair completed?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> GO TO 3

Revision: August 2014 BRC-10 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010710597

BRC

H
AWFIA1029GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-11 2015 Frontier NAM


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000010710598

After replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), perform the following procedures:
• Neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor
• Calibration of the decel G sensor
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-
quirement INFOID:0000000010710599

1.PERFORM THE NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Perform the neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor.

>> Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Spe-
cial Repair Requirement", GO TO 2
2.PERFORM CALIBRATION OF THE DECEL G SENSOR
Perform calibration of the decel G sensor.

>> Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Special Repair Requirement".


ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description
INFOID:0000000010710600

Refer to the table below to determine if adjustment of steering angle sensor neutral position is required.
×: Required –: Not required

Situation Adjustment of steering angle sensor neutral position


Removing/Installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) —
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
Removing/Installing steering angle sensor ×
Replacing steering angle sensor ×
Removing/Installing steering components ×
Replacing steering components ×
Removing/Installing suspension components ×
Replacing suspension components ×
Change tires to new ones —
Tire rotation —
Adjusting wheel alignment ×
Battery disconnection ×

ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Re-


pair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710601

ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


CAUTION:
To adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor, make sure to use CONSULT
(Adjustment cannot be done without CONSULT)
1.ALIGN THE VEHICLE STATUS
Stop vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-12 2015 Frontier NAM


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]

>> GO TO 2 A
2.PERFORM THE NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
1. On the CONSULT screen, touch “WORK SUPPORT” and “ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT” in order. B
2. Touch “START”.
CAUTION:
Do not touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor.
3. After approximately 10 seconds, touch “END”. C
NOTE:
After approximately 60 seconds, it ends automatically.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON again. D
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform above operation.
E
>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
1. Run vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position, then stop. BRC
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Then make sure “STR ANGLE SIG” is within 0±3.5°.
Is the steering angle within the specified range?
G
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Perform the neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor again, GO TO 1
4.ERASE THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY H
Erase the self-diagnosis memory of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit): Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
• ECM: Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
I
Are the memories erased?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis. J
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description INFOID:0000000010710602
K
Refer to the table below to determine if calibration of the decel G sensor is required.
×: Required –: Not required

Situation Calibration of decel G sensor L


Removing/Installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) —
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
M
Removing/Installing steering components —
Replacing steering components ×
Removing/Installing suspension components — N
Replacing suspension components —
Change tires to new ones —
O
Tire rotation —
Adjusting wheel alignment ×
Removing/Installing yaw rate/side/decel G sensor × P
Replacing yaw rate/side/decel G sensor ×

CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710603

CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR


CAUTION:
To calibrate the decel G sensor, make sure to use CONSULT

Revision: August 2014 BRC-13 2015 Frontier NAM


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 1]
(Calibration cannot be done without CONSULT)
1.ALIGN THE VEHICLE STATUS
Stop vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position.

>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
1. On the CONSULT screen, touch “WORK SUPPORT” and “DECEL G SEN CALIBRATION” in order.
2. Touch “START”.
3. After approximately 10 seconds, touch “END”.
NOTE:
After approximately 60 seconds, it ends automatically.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON again.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform above operation.

>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
1. Run vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position, then stop.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Then make sure “DECEL G SEN” is within ± 0.08G.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Perform calibration of decel G sensor again, GO TO 1
4.ERASE THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY
Erase the self-diagnosis memory of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit): Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
• ECM: Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
Are the memories erased?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-14 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710604
B

Service information Remarks


C
TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS
D

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-15 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
VDC
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710605

AWFIA0589GB

Hydraulic Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010710606

AWFIA0201GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-16 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
System Description INFOID:0000000010710607

A
• Vehicle Dynamics Control system detects driver′s steering operation amount and brake pedal travel from
steering angle sensor. Using information from yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and wheel sensor, VDC judges
driving condition (conditions of under steer and over steer) to improve vehicle driving stability by controlling B
brake application to 4 wheels and engine output.
• During VDC operation, it informs driver of system operation by flashing SLIP indicator lamp.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available.
C

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-17 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710608

ALFIA0484GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Back-up lamp switch F69 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-18 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47 A
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch (with M/T) E38
Stop lamp switch (with A/T) E39
B
Component Description INFOID:0000000010710609

C
Component parts Reference
Pump
BRC-44, "Description"
Motor D
Actuator relay BRC-60, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-53, "Description"
E
VDC switch-over valve
BRC-71, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-48, "Description"
BRC
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-46, "Description"
Stop lamp switch BRC-51, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-62, "Description" G
Brake fluid level switch BRC-65, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-76, "Description"
H
ABS warning lamp BRC-78, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-79, "Description"
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-80, "Description" I
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-82, "Description"

Revision: August 2014 BRC-19 2015 Frontier NAM


TCS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
TCS
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710610

AWFIA0589GB

System Description INFOID:0000000010710611

• Traction Control System is a function that electronically controls engine torque, brake fluid pressure and A/T
gear position to ensure the optimum slippage ratio at drive wheels by computing wheel speed signals from 4
wheel sensors. When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) detects a spin at drive wheels (rear
wheels), it compares wheel speed signals from all 4 wheels. At this time, LH and RH rear brake fluid pres-
sure are controlled, while fuel being cut to engine and throttle valve being closed to reduce engine torque by
the control unit. Further more, throttle position is continuously controlled to ensure the optimum engine
torque at all times.
• During TCS operation, it informs driver of system operation by flashing SLIP indicator lamp.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-20 2015 Frontier NAM


TCS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710612

BRC

P
ALFIA0484GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Back-up lamp switch F69 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-21 2015 Frontier NAM


TCS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch (with M/T) E38
Stop lamp switch (with A/T) E39

Component Description INFOID:0000000010710613

Component parts Reference


Pump
BRC-44, "Description"
Motor
Actuator relay BRC-60, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-53, "Description"
VDC switch-over valve
BRC-71, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-48, "Description"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-46, "Description"
Stop lamp switch BRC-51, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-62, "Description"
Brake fluid level switch BRC-65, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-76, "Description"
ABS warning lamp BRC-78, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-79, "Description"
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-80, "Description"
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-82, "Description"

Revision: August 2014 BRC-22 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
ABS
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710614

BRC

AWFIA0589GB
I

System Description INFOID:0000000010710615

J
• Anti-Lock Braking System is a function that detects wheel revolution while braking, electronically controls
braking force, and prevents wheel locking during sudden braking. It improves handling stability and maneu-
verability for avoiding obstacles.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available. K

Revision: August 2014 BRC-23 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710616

ALFIA0484GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Back-up lamp switch F69 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-24 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47 A
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch (with M/T) E38
Stop lamp switch (with A/T) E39
B
Component Description INFOID:0000000010710617

C
Component parts Reference
Pump
BRC-44, "Description"
Motor D
Actuator relay BRC-60, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-53, "Description"
E
VDC switch-over valve
BRC-71, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-48, "Description"
BRC
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-46, "Description"
Stop lamp switch BRC-51, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-62, "Description" G
Brake fluid level switch BRC-65, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-76, "Description"
H
ABS warning lamp BRC-78, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-79, "Description"
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-80, "Description" I
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-82, "Description"

Revision: August 2014 BRC-25 2015 Frontier NAM


EBD
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
EBD
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710618

AWFIA0589GB

System Description INFOID:0000000010710619

• Electric Brake force Distribution is a following function. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) detects
subtle slippages between the front and rear wheels during braking. Then it electronically controls the rear
braking force (brake fluid pressure) to reduce rear wheel slippage. Accordingly, it improves vehicle stability.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-26 2015 Frontier NAM


EBD
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710620

BRC

P
ALFIA0484GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Back-up lamp switch F69 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-27 2015 Frontier NAM


EBD
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch (with M/T) E38
Stop lamp switch (with A/T) E39

Component Description INFOID:0000000010710621

Component parts Reference


Pump
BRC-44, "Description"
Motor
Actuator relay BRC-60, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-53, "Description"
VDC switch-over valve
BRC-71, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-48, "Description"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-46, "Description"
Stop lamp switch BRC-51, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-62, "Description"
Brake fluid level switch BRC-65, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-76, "Description"
ABS warning lamp BRC-78, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-79, "Description"
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-80, "Description"
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-82, "Description"

Revision: August 2014 BRC-28 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
A
UNIT)]
CONSULT Function (ABS) INFOID:0000000010710622
B
FUNCTION
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the following direct diagnostic modes.
C
Direct Diagnostic Mode Description
ECU Identification The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number is displayed.
D
Self Diagnostic Result The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) input/output data is displayed in real time.
Active Test The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) activates outputs to test components. E
Work support The settings for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) functions can be changed.
CAN Diag Support Mntr The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed.
BRC
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
Operation Procedure
1. Before performing the self-diagnosis, start engine and drive vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for G
approximately 1 minute.
How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results
H
1. After erasing DTC memory, start engine and drive vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately
1 minute as the final inspection, and make sure that the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp,
SLIP indicator lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF.
CAUTION: I
If memory cannot be erased, perform applicable diagnosis.
NOTE:
• When the wheel sensor malfunctions, after inspecting the wheel sensor system, the ABS warning lamp, J
VDC OFF indicator lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and brake warning lamp will not turn OFF even when the
system is normal unless the vehicle is driving at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approxi-
mately 1 minute.
• Brake warning lamp will turn ON in case of parking brake operation (when switch is ON) or of brake fluid K
level switch operation (when brake fluid is insufficient).
• VDC OFF switch should not stay “ON” position.
Display Item List L
Refer to BRC-88, "DTC No. Index".
DATA MONITOR M

Data monitor item selection N


Item
ECU INPUT MAIN SELECTION Remarks
(Unit)
SIGNALS SIGNALS FROM MENU
FR LH SENSOR
× × ×
Wheel speed calculated by front LH O
(km/h, mph) wheel sensor signal is displayed.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH
× × ×
(km/h, mph) wheel sensor signal is displayed. P
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH
× × ×
(km/h, mph) wheel sensor signal is displayed.
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH
× × ×
(km/h, mph) wheel sensor signal is displayed.
DECEL G-SEN Longitudinal acceleration detected
× × ×
(G) by decel G-sensor is displayed.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-29 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Data monitor item selection
Item
ECU INPUT MAIN SELECTION Remarks
(Unit)
SIGNALS SIGNALS FROM MENU
FR RH IN SOL Front RH IN ABS solenoid (ON/
– × ×
(ON/OFF) OFF) status is displayed.
FR RH OUT SOL Front RH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/
– × ×
(ON/OFF) OFF) status is displayed.
FR LH IN SOL Front LH IN ABS solenoid (ON/
– × ×
(ON/OFF) OFF) status is displayed.
FR LH OUT SOL Front LH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/
– × ×
(ON/OFF) OFF) status is displayed.
RR RH IN SOL Rear RH IN ABS solenoid (ON/
– × ×
(ON/OFF) OFF) status is displayed.
RR RH OUT SOL Rear RH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/
– × ×
(ON/OFF) OFF) status is displayed.
RR LH IN SOL Rear LH IN ABS solenoid (ON/OFF)
– × ×
(ON/OFF) status is displayed.
RR LH OUT SOL Rear LH OUT ABS solenoid (ON/
– × ×
(ON/OFF) OFF) status is displayed.
EBD WARN LAMP Brake warning lamp (ON/OFF) sta-
– – ×
(ON/OFF) tus is displayed.
STOP LAMP SW Stop lamp switch (ON/OFF) status
× × ×
(ON/OFF) is displayed.
MOTOR RELAY ABS motor relay signal (ON/OFF)
– × ×
(ON/OFF) status is displayed.
ACTUATOR RLY ABS actuator relay signal (ON/OFF)
– × ×
(ON/OFF) status is displayed.
ABS WARN LAMP ABS warning lamp (ON/OFF) status
– × ×
(ON/OFF) is displayed.
OFF LAMP OFF Lamp (ON/OFF) status is dis-
– × ×
(ON/OFF) played.
OFF SW VDC OFF switch (ON/OFF) status
× × ×
(ON/OFF) is displayed.
SLIP LAMP SLIP indicator lamp (ON/OFF) sta-
– × ×
(ON/OFF) tus is displayed.
Voltage supplied to ABS actuator
BATTERY VOLT
× × × and electric unit (control unit) is dis-
(V)
played.
GEAR Gear position determined by TCM is
× × ×
(1, 2, 3, 4, 5) displayed.
SLCT LVR POSI Shift position judged by PNP switch
× × ×
(P, R, N, D) signal.
ENGINE SPEED Engine speed judged by CAN com-
× × ×
(rpm) munication signal is displayed.
YAW RATE SEN Yaw rate detected by yaw rate sen-
× × ×
(d/s) sor is displayed.
R POSI SIG Shift position judged by PNP switch
– – ×
(ON/OFF) signal.
N POSI SIG Shift position judged by PNP switch
– – ×
(ON/OFF) signal.
P POSI SIG Shift position judged by PNP switch
– – ×
(ON/OFF) signal.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-30 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
Data monitor item selection
Item A
ECU INPUT MAIN SELECTION Remarks
(Unit)
SIGNALS SIGNALS FROM MENU
Front side switch-over solenoid
CV1 B
– – × valve (cut valve) (ON/OFF) status is
(ON/OFF)
displayed.
Rear side switch-over solenoid
CV2
– – × valve (cut-valve) (ON/OFF) status is C
(ON/OFF)
displayed.
Front side switch-over solenoid
SV1
– – × valve (suction valve) (ON/OFF) sta- D
(ON/OFF)
tus is displayed.
Rear side switch-over solenoid
SV2
– – × valve (suction valve) (ON/OFF) sta-
(ON/OFF) E
tus is displayed.
It recognizes on software whether it
2WD/4WD
– – × is 2WD and whether it is in 4WD
(2WD/4WD)
state. BRC
Throttle valve open/close status
ACCEL POS SIG
× – × judged by CAN communication sig-
(%)
nal is displayed. G
SIDE G-SENSOR Transverse acceleration detected
× – ×
(m/s2) by side G-sensor is displayed.
STR ANGLE SIG Steering angle detected by steering H
× – ×
(deg) angle sensor is displayed.
PRESS SENSOR Brake pressure detected by pres-
× – ×
(bar) sure sensor is displayed. I
EBD SIGNAL EBD operation (ON/OFF) status is
– – ×
(ON/OFF) displayed.
ABS SIGNAL
– – ×
ABS operation (ON/OFF) status is J
(ON/OFF) displayed.
TCS SIGNAL TCS operation (ON/OFF) status is
– – ×
(ON/OFF) displayed.
K
VDC SIGNAL VDC operation (ON/OFF) status is
– – ×
(ON/OFF) displayed.
ABS FAIL SIG ABS fail signal (ON/OFF) status is L
– – ×
(ON/OFF) displayed.
TCS FAIL SIG TCS fail signal (ON/OFF) status is
– – ×
(ON/OFF) displayed.
M
VDC FAIL SIG VDC fail signal (ON/OFF) status is
– – ×
(ON/OFF) displayed.
CRANKING SIG The input state of the key SW N
– – ×
(ON/OFF) START position signal is displayed.
FLUID LEV SW Brake fluid level switch (ON/OFF)
× – ×
(ON/OFF) status is displayed.
O
Indicates condition of differential
DLOCK SW – – ×
lock.
Indicates the condition of differential
DLOCK CHG SW – – × P
mode switch
×: Applicable
–: Not applicable

WORK SUPPORT

Revision: August 2014 BRC-31 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]

Conditions Description
Steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment can be per-
ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT formed. Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING AN-
GLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description".
Decel G sensor calibration can be performed. Refer to BRC-13,
DECEL G SEN CALIBRATION
"CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
• Do not perform active test while driving vehicle.
• Make sure to completely bleed air from brake system.
• The active test cannot be performed with the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp, SLIP indi-
cator lamp or brake warning lamp on.
• ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and brake warning lamp are on
during active test.
NOTE:
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depression amount will change. This is
normal. (Only solenoid valve and ABS motor.)
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed 10 seconds after operation start.
• After “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, to perform test again, touch BACK.
Test Item

SOLENOID VALVE
• When performing an active test of the ABS function, select the “MAIN SIGNALS” for each test item. In addi-
tion, when performing an active test of the VDC/TCS function, select the item menu for each test item.
• For ABS solenoid valve, touch “Up”, “Keep”, and “Down” on the display screen. For ABS solenoid valve
(ACT), touch “Up”, “ACT UP”, “ACT KEEP” and confirm that solenoid valves operate as shown in the table
below.

ABS solenoid valve ABS solenoid valve (ACT)


Operation
Up Keep Down Up ACT UP ACT KEEP
FR RH IN SOL Off On On — — —
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — —
FR LH IN SOL Off On On — — —
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — —
RR RH IN SOL Off On On — — —
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — —
RR LH IN SOL Off On On — — —
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — —
FR RH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off
FR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
FR RH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off
FR LH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off
FR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
FR LH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR RH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR RH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR LH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR LH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR RH IN SOL Off On On Off Off Off
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* Off Off Off
REAR SOL
RR LH IN SOL Off On On Off Off Off
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On* Off Off Off
*: ON for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then OFF

Revision: August 2014 BRC-32 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 1]
ABS MOTOR
• Touch “On” and “Off” on screen. Make sure motor relay and actuator relay operates as shown in table below. A

Operation On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off B
ACTUATOR RLY On On

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-33 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710623

Service information Remarks


TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS

Revision: August 2014 BRC-34 2015 Frontier NAM


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000011327018

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When power supply voltage of rear wheel sensor C
RH is low.
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• When an open or shorted circuit is detected in rear
wheel sensor RH circuit.
D
• When power supply voltage of rear wheel sensor
LH is low.
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• When an open or shorted circuit is detected in rear • Harness or connector
wheel sensor LH circuit. • Wheel sensor E
• When power supply voltage of front wheel sensor • ABS actuator and electric unit
RH is low. (control unit)
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• When an open or shorted circuit is detected in front BRC
wheel sensor RH circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front wheel sensor
LH is low.
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1 G
• When an open or shorted circuit is detected in front
wheel sensor LH circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
With CONSULT.
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at approximately 21 km/h (13 MPH) or more for approximately 5 minutes. I
2. Perform self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-35, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011327019
K

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT L
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONFIRM DTC M

With CONSULT
1. Perform self-diagnostic result of ABS and record all active DTCs.
N
2. Clear all DTCs.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to BRC-35, "DTC Logic".
Does DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 reset?
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
2.INSPECT WHEEL SENSOR P
Inspect the suspect wheel sensor for damage or deformation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.HARNESS AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION

Revision: August 2014 BRC-35 2015 Frontier NAM


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 and wheel sensor connector of
suspect wheel.
2. Check harness, connectors and terminals for corrosion, deformation, disconnection, looseness or dam-
age.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
4.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect ABS active wheel sensor tester (J-45741) to wheel sensor using appropriate adapter.
2. Turn on the ABS active wheel sensor tester power switch.
NOTE:
The green POWER indicator should illuminate. If the POWER indicator does not illuminate, replace the
battery in the ABS active wheel sensor tester before proceeding.
3. Spin the wheel of the vehicle by hand and observe the red SENSOR indicator on the ABS active wheel
sensor tester. The red SENSOR indicator should flash ON and OFF to indicate an output signal.
NOTE:
If the red SENSOR indicator illuminates but does not flash, reverse the polarity of the tester leads and
retest.
Does the ABS active wheel sensor tester detect a signal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-112, "Removal and Installation".
5.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between wheel sensor harness connector terminals of suspect wheel and ground.

Wheel Sensor
Ground Voltage
Wheel Connector Terminal
1
Front LH E18
2
1
Front RH E117
2
— 0V
1
Rear LH C11
2
1
Rear RH C10
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair the circuit.
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT TO GROUND
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between wheel sensor harness connector terminals of suspect wheel and ground.

Wheel Sensor
Ground Continuity
Wheel Connector Terminal

Revision: August 2014 BRC-36 2015 Frontier NAM


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
1
Front LH E18 A
2
1
Front RH E117
2 B
— No
1
Rear LH C11
2
1 C
Rear RH C10
2
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair the circuit.
7.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT BETWEEN CIRCUITS E
Check continuity between wheel sensor harness connector terminals of suspect wheel.

BRC
Wheel Sensor (+) (-)
Continuity
Wheel Connector Terminal Terminal
Front LH E18 G
Front RH E117
1 2 No
Rear LH C11
Rear RH C10 H

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> GO TO 8.
I
NO >> Repair the circuit.
8.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E127 and harness J
connector of suspect wheel sensor.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor Continuity K
Wheel sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
45 1
Front LH E18 L
46 2
34 1
Front RH E117
33 2 Yes M
E127
36 1
Rear LH C11
37 2
N
43 1
Rear RH C10
42 2
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair the circuit.
9.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT P
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E127 terminal and
ground.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-37 2015 Frontier NAM


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

ABS actuator and electric unit


(control unit) Voltage
Ground Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
E127 8 —
Ignition switch OFF 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check the following:
• 10A fuse No. 50 located in the IPDM E/R
• Harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and IPDM E/R
10.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
1
E127 Ground Yes
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
11.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR INPUT VOLTAGE
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between suspect wheel sensor harness connector terminals.

Wheel Sensor (+) (-) Voltage


Wheel Connector Terminal Terminal (Approx.)

Front LH E18
Front RH E117
1 2 Battery voltage
Rear LH C11
Rear RH C10
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-112, "Removal and Installation". Then, GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
12.CONFIRM REPAIR
With CONSULT
1. Clear all DTCs.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to BRC-35, "DTC Logic".
Does DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 reset?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-38 2015 Frontier NAM


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000011327021

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When distance between rear wheel sensor RH and C
rear wheel sensor RH rotor is large.
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• When installation of rear wheel sensor RH or rear
wheel sensor RH rotor is not normal.
D
• When distance between rear wheel sensor LH and
rear wheel sensor LH rotor is large.
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• When installation of rear wheel sensor LH or rear • Wheel sensor
wheel sensor LH rotor is not normal. • ABS actuator and electric unit E
• When distance between front wheel sensor RH (control unit)
and front wheel sensor RH rotor is large. • Sensor rotor
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• When installation of front wheel sensor RH or front BRC
wheel sensor RH rotor is not normal.
• When distance between front wheel sensor LH and
front wheel sensor LH rotor is large.
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2 G
• When installation of front wheel sensor LH or front
wheel sensor LH rotor is not normal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE H


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
With CONSULT.
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at approximately 21 km/h (13 MPH) or more for approximately 5 minutes. I
2. Perform self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-39, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011327022
K

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT L
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONFIRM DTC M

With CONSULT
1. Perform self-diagnostic result of ABS and record all active DTCs.
N
2. Clear all DTCs.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to BRC-39, "DTC Logic".
Does DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 reset?
O
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE AND TIRE WEAR P
Check tires for excessive wear and proper inflation. Refer to WT-48, "Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor for the following:
Revision: August 2014 BRC-39 2015 Frontier NAM
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
• Proper installation
• Physical damage
• Contamination
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
Check sensor rotor for the following:
• Contamination
• Physical damage (missing teeth, cracks, etc.)
• Foreign material
• Looseness
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-112, "Removal and Installation". Then, GO TO 5.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
5.CONFIRM REPAIR
With CONSULT
1. Clear all DTCs.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to BRC-39, "DTC Logic".
Does DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 reset?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-40 2015 Frontier NAM


C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710634

Supplies electric power to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). B
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710635

DTC DETECTION LOGIC C

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector D
BATTERY VOLTAGE When the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
C1109 • ABS actuator and electric unit
[ABNORMAL] power supply voltage is lower than normal.
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check the self-diagnosis results. BRC

Self-diagnosis results
BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] G

Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?


YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-41, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710636

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST". J

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION K
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair L
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display? M
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
N
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND
GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 8 and
ground.
P

ABS actuator and elec-


tric unit (control unit) — Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
E127 8 Ground
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0V

Revision: August 2014 BRC-41 2015 Frontier NAM


C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47
and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit


(control unit) — Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check battery for terminal looseness, low voltage, etc. If any malfunction is found, repair malfunc-
tioning parts.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710637

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-42 2015 Frontier NAM


C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
A
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710638

DTC DETECTION LOGIC B

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator C
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE • ABS actuator and electric unit
and electric unit (control unit).
(control unit)
C1170 VARIANT CODING In a case where VARIANT CODING is different.
D
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results. E

Self-diagnosis results
BRC
CONTROLLER FAILURE
VARIANT CODING
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display? G
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-43, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710639

1.REPLACE ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)


I

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa- J
tion".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710640

K
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL L
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2 M

2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR


Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). N
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END O

Revision: August 2014 BRC-43 2015 Frontier NAM


C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000010710641

PUMP
The pump returns the brake fluid stored in the reservoir to the master cylinder by reducing the pressure.
MOTOR
The motor drives the pump according to the signals transmitted by the ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710642

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


During the actuator motor operating with ON, when the
actuator motor turns OFF, or when the control line for ac-
tuator motor relay is open. • Harness or connector
C1111 PUMP MOTOR • ABS actuator and electric unit
During the actuator motor operating with OFF, when the (control unit)
actuator motor turns ON, or when the control line for relay
is shorted to ground.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
PUMP MOTOR
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-44, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710643

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnect, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair or
replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check voltage between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 1 and
ground.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-44 2015 Frontier NAM


C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E127 1 Ground Battery voltage
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. C
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground. D

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity E
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710644

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST H


1. On “ACTIVE TEST”, select “ABS MOTOR”.
2. Touch On and Off on screen. Make sure motor relay and actuator relay operate as shown in table below.
I
Operation On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
J
ACTUATOR RLY On On
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End K
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-44, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710645
L
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator M
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".
N
>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). O
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END P

Revision: August 2014 BRC-45 2015 Frontier NAM


C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000010710646

The yaw rate/side/decel G sensor detects the yaw rate/side/decel G affecting the vehicle, and transmits the
data to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) as an analog voltage signal.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710647

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


Longitudinal G-sensor is malfunctioning, or signal line of
C1113 G-SENSOR
longitudinal G-sensor is open or shorted.
• Harness or connector
Yaw rate sensor is malfunctioning, or the yaw rate sensor • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
signal line is open or shorted. (control unit)
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Side G sensor is malfunctioning, or circuit of side G sen-
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
sor is open or shorted.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
G-SENSOR
YAW RATE SENSOR
SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-46, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710648

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

CAUTION:
• Sudden turns (such as spin turns, acceleration turns), drifting, etc. when VDC function is OFF may
cause the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system to indicate a malfunction. This is not a malfunction if
normal operation can be resumed after restarting the engine.
• If vehicle is on turn table at entrance to parking garage, or on other moving surface, VDC OFF indica-
tor lamp may illuminate and CONSULT self-diagnosis may indicate yaw rate sensor system malfunc-
tion. However, in this case there is no malfunction in yaw rate sensor system. Take vehicle off of turn
table or other moving surface, and start engine. Results will return to normal.
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
connector.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
2.YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR HARNESS INSPECTION

Revision: August 2014 BRC-46 2015 Frontier NAM


C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Check continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 18, 19,
22, 29 and the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor connector B73 terminals 3, 2, 4, 1. A

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal B
18 3
19 2
E127 B73 Yes C
22 4
29 1
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR INSPECTION E

Perform the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor component inspection. Refer to BRC-47, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Replace the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-117, "Removal and Installation". G
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710649

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR H


Select “YAW RATE SEN”, “SIDE G-SENSOR”, “DECEL G-SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” and check yaw rate/
side/decel G sensor signal.
I
YAW RATE SEN SIDE G-SENSOR DECEL G-SEN
Vehicle condition
(DATA MONITOR) (DATA MONITOR) (DATA MONITOR)
Stopped -4 to +4 deg/s -1.1 to +1.1 m/s -0.08 G to +0.08 G J
Turning right Negative value Negative value -
Turning left Positive value Positive value -
K
Speed up - - Negative value
Speed down - - Positive value
Is the inspection result normal? L
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-46, "Diagnosis Procedure".
M
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710650

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


N
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".
O

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR P
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-47 2015 Frontier NAM


C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
Description INFOID:0000000010710651

When the sensor rotor rotates, the magnetic field changes. It converts the magnetic field changes to current
signals (rectangular wave) and transmits them to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710652

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector
ABS SENSOR • Wheel sensor
C1115 When wheel sensor input signal is malfunctioning.
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL] • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-48, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710653

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

CAUTION:
Do not check between wheel sensor terminals.
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and wheel sensor of malfunctioning
code.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
2.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect ABS active wheel sensor tester (J-45741) to wheel sensor using appropriate adapter.
2. Turn on the ABS active wheel sensor tester power switch.
NOTE:
The green POWER indicator should illuminate. If the POWER indicator does not illuminate, replace the
battery in the ABS active wheel sensor tester before proceeding.
3. Spin the wheel of the vehicle by hand and observe the red SENSOR indicator on the ABS active wheel
sensor tester. The red SENSOR indicator should flash on and off to indicate an output signal.
NOTE:
If the red SENSOR indicator illuminates but does not flash, reverse the polarity of the tester leads and
retest.
Does the ABS active wheel sensor tester detect a signal?
YES >> GO TO 3
Revision: August 2014 BRC-48 2015 Frontier NAM
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
NO >> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-112, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK TIRES A

Check the inflation pressure, wear and size of each tire.


Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Adjust tire pressure or replace tire(s).
4.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS C
Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-5, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" (front), RAX-6,
"Rear Axle Bearing" (C200 rear), or RAX-18, "Rear Axle Bearing" (M226 rear).
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> GO TO 5
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary. Refer to FAX-8, "Removal and Installation" (front), RAX-12,
"Removal and Installation" (C200 rear), or RAX-23, "Removal and Installation" (M226 rear). E
5.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connec- BRC
tor and wheel sensor connector of malfunction code No.
2. Check continuity between wheel sensor connector terminals
and ground.
G
Continuity should not exist.
Is the inspection result normal?
H
YES >> GO TO 6
NO >> Repair the circuit.
AWFIA0188ZZ
I
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
1. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and the malfunctioning
wheel sensor connector. J

ABS actuator and


Wheel sensor
Wheel sensor electric unit (control unit) Continuity K
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
45 1
Front LH E18 L
46 2
34 1
Front RH E117
33 2 M
E127 Yes
36 1
Rear LH C11
37 2
43 1 N
Rear RH C10
42 2
Is the inspection result normal? O
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair the circuit.
P
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710654

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR


On “DATA MONITOR”, select “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”, and “RR RH SEN-
SOR”, and check the vehicle speed.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-49 2015 Frontier NAM


C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed (DATA MONITOR)


FR LH SENSOR
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis-
RR LH SENSOR play (±10% or less)

RR RH SENSOR
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-48, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710655

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-50 2015 Frontier NAM


C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710656

The stop lamp switch transmits the stop lamp switch signal (ON/OFF) to the ABS actuator and electric unit B
(control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710657

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


• Harness or connector
• Stop lamp switch
C1116 STOP LAMP SW When stop lamp switch circuit is open.
• ABS actuator and electric unit E
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS BRC

Check the self-diagnosis results.


G
Self-diagnosis results
STOP LAMP SW
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display? H
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-51, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710658

J
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".
K
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and stop lamp switch connector. L
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2 M
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
2.STOP LAMP SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Connect the stop lamp switch connector. N
2. Check the voltage between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 39
and body ground.
O
Brake pedal depressed : Battery voltage
(approx. 12V)
Brake pedal released : Approx. 0V P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 3
3.STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the stop lamp switch connector.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-51 2015 Frontier NAM


C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
2. Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 39
and stop lamp switch connector E39 terminal 2 (with A/T) or E38 terminal 2 (with M/T).

Continuity should exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Refer to BRC-8, "Work Flow".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710659

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-52 2015 Frontier NAM


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710660

The solenoid valve increases, holds or decreases the fluid pressure of each brake caliper according to the sig- B
nals transmitted by the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710661

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


When the control unit detects a malfunction in the front
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
LH inlet solenoid circuit.
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the front E
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
RH inlet solenoid circuit. • ABS actuator and electric unit
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the rear LH (control unit)
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
inlet solenoid circuit. BRC
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the rear
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
RH inlet solenoid circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check the self-diagnosis results. H

Self-diagnosis results
FR LH IN ABS SOL I
FR RH IN ABS SOL
RR LH IN ABS SOL
J
RR RH IN ABS SOL
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-53, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710662
L

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST". M

1.CHECK CONNECTOR N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair O
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)". P
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-53 2015 Frontier NAM


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 32 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E127 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710663

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST


1. Select each test menu item on “ACTIVE TEST”.
2. On the display, touch “Up”, “Keep”, and “Down”, and check that the system operates as shown in the table
below.

ABS solenoid valve


Operation
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
*: ON for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-53, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710664

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2

Revision: August 2014 BRC-54 2015 Frontier NAM


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR A


Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".
B
>> END

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-55 2015 Frontier NAM


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL
Description INFOID:0000000010710665

The solenoid valve increases, holds or decreases the fluid pressure of each brake caliper according to the sig-
nals transmitted by the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710666

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


When the control unit detects a malfunction in the front
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
LH outlet solenoid circuit.
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the front
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
RH outlet solenoid circuit. • ABS actuator and electric unit
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the rear LH (control unit)
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
outlet solenoid circuit.
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the rear
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
RH outlet solenoid circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
FR LH OUT ABS SOL
FR RH OUT ABS SOL
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-56, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710667

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-56 2015 Frontier NAM


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 32 and
ground. A

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal B
E127 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT D
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.
E
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
BRC
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa- G
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710668 H

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST


1. Select each test menu item on “ACTIVE TEST”. I
2. On the display, touch “Up”, “Keep”, and “Down”, and check that the system operates as shown in the table
below.
J
ABS solenoid valve
Operation
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On K
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL L
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* M
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
N
*: ON for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End O
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-56, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710669

P
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2

Revision: August 2014 BRC-57 2015 Frontier NAM


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR


Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-58 2015 Frontier NAM


C1130, C1131, C1132, C1133, C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1130, C1131, C1132, C1133, C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710670

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM exchange the engine signal with CAN communication B
line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710671

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
• Harness or connector
C1131 ENGINE SIGNAL 2
Based on the signal from ECM, ABS actuator and electric • ABS actuator and electric unit E
C1132 ENGINE SIGNAL 3 unit (control unit) judges that engine fuel cut system is (control unit)
malfunctioning. • ECM
C1133 ENGINE SIGNAL 4
• CAN communication line
C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL 6 BRC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS G
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results H
ENGINE SIGNAL 1
ENGINE SIGNAL 2
I
ENGINE SIGNAL 3
ENGINE SIGNAL 4
ENGINE SIGNAL 6 J
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-59, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End K

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710672

L
1.CHECK ENGINE SYSTEM
1. Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Repair or replace items indicated, then perform ECM self-diagnosis again.
Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function". M
2. Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Func-
tion (ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
N
YES >> Repair or replace the affected part.
NO >> Inspection End
O

Revision: August 2014 BRC-59 2015 Frontier NAM


C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
Description INFOID:0000000010710673

Activates or deactivates each solenoid valve according to the signals transmitted by the ABS actuator and
electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710674

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY ABS actuator relay or circuit malfunction. • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
ACTUATOR RLY
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-60, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710675

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CHECK CONNECTOR
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 32 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E127 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3

Revision: August 2014 BRC-60 2015 Frontier NAM


C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT A

Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.
B

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal C
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa- D
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
E
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710676

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST BRC


1. On “ACTIVE TEST”, select “ABS MOTOR”.
2. Touch On and Off on screen. Make sure motor relay and actuator relay operate as shown in table below.
G
Operation On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ACTUATOR RLY On On H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-60, "Diagnosis Procedure". I

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710677

J
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL K
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2 L
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
M
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END N

Revision: August 2014 BRC-61 2015 Frontier NAM


C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Description INFOID:0000000010710678

The steering angle sensor detects the rotation amount, angular velocity and direction of the steering wheel,
and transmits the data to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710679

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


Neutral position of steering angle sensor is dislocated, or • Harness or connector
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
the steering angle sensor is malfunctioning. • Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL Neutral position of steering angle sensor is not finished. (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
ST ANG SEN SIGNAL
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710680

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Disconnect steering angle sensor connector.
4. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
5. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR HARNESS

Revision: August 2014 BRC-62 2015 Frontier NAM


C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor connector. A
3. Check continuity between steering angle sensor connector M47
terminal 1 and ground.
B
Steering angle sensor
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M47 1 Ground Yes C

AWFIA0447ZZ

D
4. Turn ignition switch ON.
5. Check voltage between steering angle sensor connector M47
terminal 2 and ground. E

Steering angle sensor


— Voltage
Connector Terminal BRC
M47 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
G
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. AWFIA0448ZZ

3.CHECK DATA MONITOR H


Perform the steering angle sensor component inspection. Refer to BRC-63, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa- I
tion".
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor and adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-
116, "Removal and Installation". J
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710681

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR K


Select “STR ANGLE SIG” in “DATA MONITOR” and check steering angle sensor signal.
L
Steering condition STR ANGLE SIG (DATA MONITOR)
Driving straight 0±3.5 °
Turn 90 ° to left Approx. +90 ° M
Turn 90 ° to right Approx. −90 °
Is the inspection result normal?
N
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710682
O

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator P
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR

Revision: August 2014 BRC-63 2015 Frontier NAM


C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-64 2015 Frontier NAM


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710683

The brake fluid level switch converts the brake fluid level to an electric signal and transmits it to the ABS actu- B
ator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710684

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


Brake fluid level is low or communication line between • Harness or connector
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and brake • Brake fluid level switch
fluid level switch is open or shorted. • Brake fluid level E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS BRC
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results G
BR FLUID LEVEL LOW
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
H
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-65, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710685 I

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT J
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION K

1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and brake fluid level switch connector.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary. M
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
1. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 Terminal 28 and N
brake fluid level switch connector E21 terminal 1.

ABS actuator and electric unit O


Brake fluid level switch
(control unit) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E127 28 E21 1 Yes
P

2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 Terminal 28 and
ground.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-65 2015 Frontier NAM


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 28 Ground No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch connector E21 ter-
minal 2 and ground.

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E21 2 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
AWFIA0026ZZ

4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


Perform the brake fluid level switch component inspection. Refer to BRC-66, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace brake fluid level switch.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710686

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch connector.
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch terminals.

Brake fluid level


Condition Continuity
switch terminals
Brake fluid reservoir is full. No
1−2
Brake fluid reservoir is empty. Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Replace brake fluid level switch.
ALFIA0026ZZ

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710687

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-66 2015 Frontier NAM


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

>> END A

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-67 2015 Frontier NAM


C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR
Description INFOID:0000000010710688

The steering angle sensor is connected to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) in addition to CAN
lines. CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle
multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected
with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less
wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710689

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector
When steering angle sensor is not transmitting CAN • CAN communication line
C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR communication signal to the ABS actuator and electric • Steering angle sensor
unit (control unit). • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
ST ANG SEN COM CIR
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-68, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710690

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connector and perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".

Self-diagnosis results
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
ST ANG SEN COM CIR
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Refer to LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Inspection End

Revision: August 2014 BRC-68 2015 Frontier NAM


C1160 DECEL G SEN SET
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710691

The yaw rate/side/decel G sensor detects the yaw rate/side/decel G affecting the vehicle, and transmits the B
data to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) as an analog voltage signal.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710692

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


• Decel G sensor calibration
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET ABS decel G sensor adjustment is incomplete.
• ABS actuator and electric unit E
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS BRC

Check the self-diagnosis results.


G
Self-diagnosis results
DECEL G SEN SET
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display? H
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-69, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710693

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS J
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
K
Self-diagnosis results
DECEL G SEN SET
L
Do self-diagnosis results indicate anything other than shown above?
YES >> Perform repair or replacement for the item indicated.
NO >> Perform calibration of decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
: Description". GO TO 2 M
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS AGAIN
1. Turn the ignition switch to OFF and then to ON and erase self-diagnosis results. Refer to BRC-29, "CON- N
SULT Function (ABS)".
2. Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis again. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT
Function (ABS)".
O
Are any self-diagnosis results displayed?
YES >> Replace yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-117, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End
P

Revision: August 2014 BRC-69 2015 Frontier NAM


C1163 ST ANGLE SEN SAFE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1163 ST ANGLE SEN SAFE
Description INFOID:0000000010710694

The steering angle sensor detects the rotation amount, angular velocity and direction of the steering wheel,
and transmits the data to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710695

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Adjust steering angle sensor
C1163 ST ANGL SEN SAFE When steering angle sensor is in safe mode.
neutral position

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
ST ANGL SEN SAFE
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-70, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710696

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Adjust steering angle sensor neutral position. Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN-
SOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.INDICATOR LAMP CHECK
Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp is off.
Is VDC OFF indicator lamp off?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT
Function (ABS)".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-70 2015 Frontier NAM


C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710697

CV1, CV2 (CUT VALVE) B


The cut valve shuts off the normal brake fluid path from the master cylinder, when VDC/TCS is activated.
SV1, SV2 (SUCTION VALVE)
The suction valve supplies the brake fluid from the master cylinder to the pump, when VDC/TCS is activated. C

DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710698

D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause E


VDC switch-over solenoid valve (CV1) on the primary
C1164 CV1 side is open circuit or shorted, or the control line is open
or shorted to the power supply or the ground.
BRC
VDC switch-over solenoid valve (CV2) on the primary
C1165 CV2 side is open circuit or shorted, or the control line is open
or shorted to the power supply or the ground. • Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit G
VDC switch-over solenoid valve (SV1) on the primary (control unit)
C1166 SV1 side is open circuit or shorted, or the control line is open
or shorted to the power supply or the ground.
VDC switch-over solenoid valve (SV2) on the primary H
C1167 SV2 side is open circuit or shorted, or the control line is open
or shorted to the power supply or the ground.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE I

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check the self-diagnosis results. J

Self-diagnosis results
CV1 K
CV2
SV1
L
SV2
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-71, "Diagnosis Procedure". M
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710699
N

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST". O

1.CHECK CONNECTOR P
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
Revision: August 2014 BRC-71 2015 Frontier NAM
C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 32 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E127 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710700

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST


1. Select each test menu item on “ACTIVE TEST”.
2. On the display, touch “Up”, “ACT UP”, and “ACT KEEP”, and check that the system operates as shown in
the table below.

ABS solenoid valve (ACT)


Operation
Up ACT UP ACT KEEP
FR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off
FR LH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off
RR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off
RR LH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off
*: ON for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-71, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710701

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Revision: August 2014 BRC-72 2015 Frontier NAM
C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL A
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2 B
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
C
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END D

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-73 2015 Frontier NAM


C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL UNIT
Description INFOID:0000000010710702

The differential lock control unit is connected to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN lines.
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710703

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector
• CAN communication line
ABS DIFLOCK CONTROL-
C1187 Differential lock controller malfunction. • Differential lock control unit
LER NG
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
ABS DIFLOCK CONTROLLER NG
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-74, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710704

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connector and perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".

Self-diagnosis results
ABS DIFLOCK CONTROLLER NG
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Refer to LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Inspection End

Revision: August 2014 BRC-74 2015 Frontier NAM


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710705

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul- B
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. C
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710706
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause
When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not • CAN communication line
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 • ABS actuator and electric unit
seconds or more. (control unit) BRC

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710707

G
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. H
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connector and perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
I
Is “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” displayed in self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> Print out the self-diagnostic results, and refer to LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Connector terminal is loose, damaged, open, or shorted.
J

Revision: August 2014 BRC-75 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
VDC OFF SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000010710708

VDC OFF switch can deactivate (turn OFF) the VDC/TCS function by pressing the VDC OFF switch.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710709

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH OPERATION


Press and release the VDC OFF switch, then press and release the VDC OFF switch again and check that the
VDC OFF indicator lamp in the combination meter turns ON/OFF correctly.

Condition VDC OFF indicator lamp illumination status


VDC OFF switch: pressed and released ON
VDC OFF switch: pressed and released OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710710

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-90, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH


Perform the VDC OFF switch component inspection. Refer to BRC-77, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Replace VDC OFF switch.
2.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH HARNESS
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 6 and
VDC OFF switch connector M154 terminal 1.

ABS actuator and electric unit


VDC OFF switch
(control unit) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E127 6 M154 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 6 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 6 Ground No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH GROUND

Revision: August 2014 BRC-76 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Check continuity between VDC OFF switch connector M154 and
ground. A

VDC OFF switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal B
M154 2 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
AWFIA0031ZZ

4.CHECK COMBINATION METER D

Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
E
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion". BRC
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710711

G
1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VDC OFF switch connector. H
3. Check continuity between VDC OFF switch terminals.

VDC OFF switch terminals Condition Continuity I


VDC OFF switch pressed. Yes
1−2
VDC OFF switch released. No
J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Replace VDC OFF switch. K
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710712

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION L


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description". M

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR N

Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description". O

>> END
P

Revision: August 2014 BRC-77 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
ABS WARNING LAMP
Description INFOID:0000000010710713

×: ON –: OFF

Condition ABS warning lamp


Ignition switch OFF –
For 2 seconds after turning ON ignition switch ×
2 seconds later after turning ON ignition switch –
ABS function is malfunctioning. ×
EBD function is malfunctioning. ×

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710714

1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP OPERATION


Check that the lamp illuminates for approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-78, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710715

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710716

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-78 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710717

×: ON –: OFF B
Condition Brake warning lamp (Note 1)
Ignition switch OFF –
Ignition switch ON × (Note 2) C
EBD function is malfunctioning. ×
NOTE: D
• 1: Brake warning lamp will turn on in case of parking brake operation (when switch is ON) or of brake fluid level switch operation
(when brake fluid is insufficient).
• 2: After starting engine, brake warning lamp is turned off.
E
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710718

1.BRAKE WARNING LAMP OPERATION CHECK BRC


Check that the lamp illuminates after the ignition switch is turned ON, and turns OFF after the engine is
started.
Is the inspection result normal? G
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-79, "Diagnosis Procedure".
H
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710719

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS I
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal? J
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER K
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
L
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation". M

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710720

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION N

Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL O
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2 P
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-79 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
Description INFOID:0000000010710721

×: ON –: OFF

Condition VDC OFF indicator lamp


Ignition switch OFF –
For 2 seconds after turning ON ignition switch ×
2 seconds later after turning ON ignition switch –
VDC OFF switch turned ON. (VDC function is OFF.) ×
VDC/TCS function is malfunctioning. ×
ABS function is malfunctioning. ×
EBD function is malfunctioning. ×

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710722

1.VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION CHECK 1


Check that the lamp illuminates for approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-80, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION CHECK 2
Check that the VDC OFF indicator lamp in the combination meter turns ON/OFF correctly when operating the
VDC OFF switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710723

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH


Check that the VDC OFF indicator lamp in the combination meter turns ON/OFF correctly when operating the
VDC OFF switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-76, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-80 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710724

A
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL B
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2 C

2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR


Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). D
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END E

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-81 2015 Frontier NAM


SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
Description INFOID:0000000010710725

×: ON –: OFF

Condition SLIP indicator lamp


Ignition switch OFF –
For 2 seconds after turning ON ignition switch ×
2 seconds later after turning ON ignition switch –
VDC/TCS function is malfunctioning. ×
ABS function is malfunctioning. ×
EBD function is malfunctioning. ×

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710726

1.CHECK SLIP INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION


Check that the lamp illuminates for approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-82, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710727

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710728

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL
POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-82 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710729
B

Service information Remarks


C
TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS
D

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-83 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010710730

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


CAUTION:
The display shows the control unit calculation data, so a normal value might be displayed even in the
event the output circuit (harness) is open or short-circuited.
CONSULT MONITOR ITEM
Data monitor
Monitor item Display content Reference value in
Condition
normal operation
0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle stopped
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed Nearly matches the speed meter display Vehicle running
(± 10% or less) (Note 1)
0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle stopped
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed Nearly matches the speed meter display Vehicle running
(± 10% or less) (Note 1)
0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle stopped
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed Nearly matches the speed meter display Vehicle running
(± 10% or less) (Note 1)
0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle stopped
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed Nearly matches the speed meter display Vehicle running
(± 10% or less) (Note 1)

Longitudinal acceleration detected by Decel Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 G


DECEL G-SEN
G-Sensor Vehicle running -1.7 to 1.7 G
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
FR RH IN SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
FR RH OUT SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
FR LH IN SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
FR LH OUT SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)

Revision: August 2014 BRC-84 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
Data monitor
Monitor item Display content A
Reference value in
Condition
normal operation
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On B
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
RR RH IN SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off C
tion switch ON)
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On D
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
RR RH OUT SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON) E
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode) BRC
RR LH IN SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON) G
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
RR LH OUT SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve H
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
I
When EBD warning lamp is ON On
EBD WARN LAMP EBD warning lamp
When EBD warning lamp is OFF Off
When brake pedal is depressed On J
STOP LAMP SW Stop lamp switch signal status
When brake pedal is released Off
When the motor relay and motor are op-
On
erating K
MOTOR RELAY Motor and motor relay operation
When the motor relay and motor are not
Off
operating
When the actuator relay is operating On L
ACTUATOR RLY Actuator relay operation
When the actuator relay is not operating Off

ABS warning lamp When ABS warning lamp is ON On


ABS WARN LAMP
(Note 2)
M
When ABS warning lamp is OFF Off

VDC OFF indicator lamp When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON On


OFF LAMP
(Note 2) When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF Off N
VDC OFF switch ON
On
(When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON)
OFF SW VDC OFF switch ON/OFF
VDC OFF switch OFF O
Off
(When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF)

SLIP indicator lamp When SLIP indicator lamp is ON On


SLIP LAMP
(Note 2) When SLIP indicator lamp is OFF Off P
Battery voltage supplied to the ABS actuator
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
and electric unit (control unit)
1st gear 1
2nd gear 2
GEAR Gear position determined by TCM 3rd gear 3
4th gear 4
5th gear 5

Revision: August 2014 BRC-85 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
Data monitor
Monitor item Display content Reference value in
Condition
normal operation
P position P
R position R
SLCT LVR POSI A/T selector lever position
N position N
D position D
With engine stopped 0 rpm

ENGINE SPEED With engine running Almost in accor-


Engine running dance with tachome-
ter display

Yaw rate detected by yaw rate/side/decel G When vehicle is stopped Approx. 0 d/s
YAW RATE SEN
sensor When vehicle turning −75 to 75 d/s
A/T shift position = R position On
R POSI SIG PNP switch signal ON/OFF condition
A/T shift position = other than R position Off
A/T shift position = N position On
N POSI SIG PNP switch signal ON/OFF condition
A/T shift position = other than N position Off
A/T shift position = P position On
P POSI SIG PNP switch signal ON/OFF condition
A/T shift position = other than P position Off
When actuator (switch-over valve) is ac-
tive (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or
On
actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-
CV1 VDC switch-over valve safe mode)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is ac-
tive (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or
On
actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-
CV2 VDC switch-over valve safe mode)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is ac-
tive (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or
On
actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-
SV1 VDC switch-over valve safe mode)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is ac-
tive (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or
On
actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-
SV2 VDC switch-over valve safe mode)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
2WD model 2WD
2WD/4WD Drive axle
4WD model 4WD
Accelerator pedal not depressed (ignition
0%
Throttle actuator opening/closing is dis- switch is ON)
ACCEL POS SIG
played (linked with accelerator pedal) Accelerator pedal depressed (ignition
0 - 100 %
switch is ON)

Revision: August 2014 BRC-86 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
Data monitor
Monitor item Display content A
Reference value in
Condition
normal operation
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 m/s2
B
Negative value
Vehicle turning right
SIDE G-SENSOR Transverse G detected by side G sensor (m/s2)
Positive value C
Vehicle turning left
(m/s2)

Steering angle detected by steering angle Straight-ahead Approx. 0±2.5°


STR ANGLE SIG
sensor Steering wheel turned –720 to 720° D
With ignition switch turned ON and brake
Approx. 0 bar
Brake fluid pressure detected by front pres- pedal released
PRESS SENSOR E
sure sensor With ignition switch turned ON and brake
–40 to 300 bar
pedal depressed
EBD is active On
EBD SIGNAL EBD operation BRC
EBD is inactive Off
ABS is active On
ABS SIGNAL ABS operation
ABS is inactive Off G
TCS is active On
TCS SIGNAL TCS operation
TCS is inactive Off
VDC is active On H
VDC SIGNAL VDC operation
VDC is inactive Off
In ABS fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG ABS fail-safe signal I
ABS is normal Off
In TCS fail-safe On
TCS FAIL SIG TCS fail-safe signal
TCS is normal Off J
In VDC fail-safe On
VDC FAIL SIG VDC fail-safe signal
VDC is normal Off
K
Crank is active On
CRANKING SIG Crank operation
Crank is inactive Off
When brake fluid level switch ON On L
FLUID LEV SW Brake fluid level switch signal status
When brake fluid level switch OFF Off
NOTE:
• 1: Confirm tire pressure is normal.
M
• 2: On and off timing for warning lamp and indicator lamp.
- ABS warning lamp: Refer to BRC-78, "Description".
- Brake warning lamp: Refer to BRC-79, "Description". N
- VDC OFF indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-80, "Description".
- SLIP indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-82, "Description".
O
TERMINAL LAYOUT

AWFIA1067ZZ

Revision: August 2014 BRC-87 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000010710731

CAUTION:
If the Fail-Safe function is activated, perform Self Diagnosis for ABS/TCS/VDC system.
ABS/EBD SYSTEM
In case of an electrical malfunction with the ABS, the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP
indicator lamp will turn on. In case of an electrical malfunction with the EBD system, the BRAKE warning lamp,
ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp will turn on.
The system will revert to one of the following conditions of the Fail-Safe function.
1. For ABS malfunction, only the EBD is operative and the condition of the vehicle is the same condition of
vehicles without ABS/TCS/VDC system.
2. For EBD malfunction, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the condition of the vehicle is the same
as the condition of vehicles without ABS/TCS/VDC or EBD system.
VDC/TCS SYSTEM
In case of TCS/VDC system malfunction, the VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp are turned on
and the condition of the vehicle is the same as the condition of vehicles without TCS/VDC system. In case of
an electrical malfunction with the TCS/VDC system, the ABS control continues to operate normally without
TCS/VDC control.
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000010710732

DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference


C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
BRC-35, "DTC Logic"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
BRC-39, "DTC Logic"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] BRC-41, "Description"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE BRC-43, "DTC Logic"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR BRC-44, "Description"
C1113 G-SENSOR BRC-46, "Description"
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] BRC-48, "Description"
C1116 STOP LAMP SW BRC-51, "Description"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-53, "Description"
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-56, "Description"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-53, "Description"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-56, "Description"
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-53, "Description"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-56, "Description"
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-53, "Description"
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-56, "Description"
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
C1131 ENGINE SIGNAL 2
C1132 ENGINE SIGNAL 3 BRC-59, "Description"
C1133 ENGINE SIGNAL 4
C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL 6

Revision: August 2014 BRC-88 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 1]
DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference
A
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY BRC-60, "Description"
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
BRC-62, "Description"
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL B
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
BRC-46, "Description"
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW BRC-65, "Description" C
C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR BRC-68, "Description"
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET BRC-69, "Description"
D
C1163 ST ANGL SEN SAFE BRC-70, "Description"
C1164 CV1
C1165 CV2 E
BRC-71, "Description"
C1166 SV1
C1167 SV2
BRC
C1170 VARIANT CODING BRC-43, "DTC Logic"
C1187 ABS DIFLOCK CONTROLLER NG BRC-74, "Description"
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT BRC-75, "Description" G

Revision: August 2014 BRC-89 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
Wiring Diagram - VDC WITHOUT HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST
INFOID:0000000010710733

ABFWA0434GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-90 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

BRC

ABFWA0435GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-91 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

ABFIA0901GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-92 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

BRC

ABFIA0902GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-93 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

ABFIA0903GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-94 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

BRC

ABFIA0904GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-95 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

ABFIA0753GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-96 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

BRC

ABFIA0905GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-97 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 1]

ABFIA0906GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-98 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710734
B

Service information Remarks


C
TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS
D

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-99 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC/TCS/ABS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
VDC/TCS/ABS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010710735

If ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp turn ON, perform self-diagnosis.

Symptom Check item Reference


Brake force distribution
Excessive ABS function operation fre- BRC-101, "Diag-
Looseness of front and rear axle
quency nosis Procedure"
Wheel sensor and rotor system
Brake pedal stroke BRC-102, "Diag-
Unexpected pedal reaction
Make sure the braking force is sufficient when the ABS is not operating. nosis Procedure"

BRC-103, "Diag-
The braking distance is long Check stopping distance when the ABS is not operating.
nosis Procedure"
BRC-104, "Diag-
ABS function does not operate (Note 1) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
nosis Procedure"

Pedal vibration or ABS operation sound Brake pedal BRC-105, "Diag-


occurs (Note 2) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) nosis Procedure"

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


Vehicle jerks during VDC/TCS/ABS con- BRC-106, "Diag-
TCM
trol nosis Procedure"
ECM
NOTE:
• 1: The ABS does not operate when the speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or less.
• 2: Under the following conditions, ABS is activated and vibration is felt when brake pedal is lightly depressed. However, this is normal.
- When shifting gears
- When driving on slippery road
- During cornering at high speed
- When passing over bumps or grooves [at approximately 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
- When pulling away just after starting engine [at approximately 10 km/h (6 MPH) or higher]

Revision: August 2014 BRC-100 2015 Frontier NAM


EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710736

1.CHECK START B
Check front and rear brake force distribution using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE D
Make sure that there is no excessive play in the front and rear axles. Refer to front: FAX-5, "On-Vehicle
Inspection and Service", Rear: RAX-6, "Rear Axle Bearing" (C200) or RAX-18, "Rear Axle Bearing" (M226).
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR AND SENSOR ROTOR BRC
Check the following.
• Wheel sensor installation for damage.
• Sensor rotor installation for damage. G
• Wheel sensor connector connection.
• Wheel sensor harness inspection.
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> • Replace wheel sensor or sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-112, "Removal and Installation" or BRC-
113, "Removal and Installation". I
• Repair harness.
4.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP DISPLAY
Make sure that the ABS warning lamp is turned off after the ignition switch is turned ON or when driving. J
Is the ABS warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
NO >> Inspection End. K

Revision: August 2014 BRC-101 2015 Frontier NAM


UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710737

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE


Check brake pedal stroke. Refer to BR-17, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the stroke too large?
YES >> • Bleed air from brake tube and hose. Refer to BR-19, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Check brake pedal, brake booster, and master cylinder for mount play, looseness, brake system
fluid leakage, etc. Refer to BR-17, "Inspection and Adjustment" (brake pedal), BR-12, "On
Board Inspection" (master cylinder), BR-10, "Inspection" (brake booster).
NO >> GO TO 2
2.CHECK FUNCTION
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector to deactivate ABS. Check if braking force is
normal in this condition. Connect connector after inspection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check brake system.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-102 2015 Frontier NAM


THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710738

CAUTION: B
The stopping distance on slippery road surfaces might be longer with the ABS operating than when
the ABS is not operating.
1.CHECK FUNCTION C
Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector to deactivate
ABS. In this condition, check stopping distance. After inspection, connect connector.
Is the inspection result normal? D
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check brake system.
E

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-103 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710739

CAUTION:
ABS does not operate when speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or lower.
1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP DISPLAY
Make sure that the ABS warning lamp turns OFF after ignition switch is turned ON or when driving.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-104 2015 Frontier NAM


PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710740

CAUTION: B
Under the following conditions, ABS is activated and vibration is felt when brake pedal is lightly
depressed. However, this is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road C
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [at approximately 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approximately 10 km/h (6 MPH) or higher] D
1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1
Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
E
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Inspect the brake pedal.
BRC
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2
Check that there are ABS operation noises when the engine is started.
Do the operation noises occur? G
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Perform self -diagnosis. Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3 H

Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Do symptoms occur? I
YES >> Check if there is a radio, antenna, antenna lead wire, or wiring close to the control unit. If there is,
move it farther away.
NO >> Inspection End. J

Revision: August 2014 BRC-105 2015 Frontier NAM


VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710741

1.SYMPTOM CHECK
Check if the vehicle jerks during VDC/TCS/ABS control.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform self-diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-29, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Are self-diagnosis results indicated?
YES >> Check corresponding items, make repairs, and perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) self-diagnosis.
NO >> GO TO 3
3.CHECK CONNECTOR
• Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and check
terminal for deformation, disconnection, looseness, etc.
• Securely connect connectors and perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis.
Are self-diagnosis results indicated?
YES >> If poor contact, damage, open or short circuit of connector terminal is found, repair or replace.
NO >> GO TO 4
4.CHECK ECM AND TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Perform ECM and TCM self-diagnosis.
Are self-diagnosis results indicated?
YES >> Check the corresponding items.
• ECM: Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
• TCM: Refer to TM-157, "CONSULT Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-114, "Removal and Installa-
tion".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-106 2015 Frontier NAM


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 1]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710742

B
Symptom Result
Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when VDC, TCS or ABS is acti-
vated.
C
This is a normal condi-
Stopping distance is longer than that of vehicles without ABS when the vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or
tion due to the VDC,
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
TCS or ABS activation.
The brake pedal moves and generates noises, when TCS or VDC is activated due to rapid acceleration or D
sharp turn.
This is normal, and it is
The brake pedal vibrates and motor operation noises occur from the engine room, after the engine starts and
caused by the ABS op-
just after the vehicle starts.
eration check.
E

Depending on the road conditions, the driver may experience a sluggish feel. This is normal, because
TCS places the highest
TCS may activate momentarily if wheel speed changes when driving over location where friction coefficient priority on the optimum BRC
varies, when downshifting, or when fully depressing accelerator pedal. traction (stability).
The ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp may turn ON when the vehicle is
subject to strong shaking or large vibration, such as when the vehicle is rotating on a turntable or located on In this case, restart the G
a ship while the engine is running. engine on a normal
road. If the normal con-
VDC may not operate normally or the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp, and SLIP indicator lamp
dition is restored, there
may illuminate, when running on a special road that is extremely slanted (e.g. bank in a circuit course).
is no malfunction. At H
A malfunction may occur in the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system, when the vehicle turns sharply, such that time, erase the self-
as during a spin turn, axle turn, or drift driving, while the VDC function is off (VDC OFF indicator lamp illumi- diagnosis memory.
nated).
I
Normal (Deactivate the
VDC/TCS function be-
The vehicle speed will not increase even though the accelerator pedal is depressed, when inspecting the
fore performing an in-
speedometer on a 2-wheel chassis dynamometer.
spection on a chassis J
dynamometer.)
This is not a VDC sys-
VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp may simultaneously turn on when low tire pressure warn- tem error but results
K
ing lamp turns on. from characteristic
change of tire.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-107 2015 Frontier NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 1]

PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010710743

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000011274679

WARNING:
Clean any dust from the front brake and rear brake with a vacuum dust collector. Do not blow with
compressed air.
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-16, "FOR USA AND CANADA : Fluids and Lubricants". (United States and Can-
ada) and MA-19, "FOR MEXICO : Fluids and Lubricants" (Mexico).
• Do not reuse drained brake fluid.
• Do not spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, inspect the
brake pedal height and play. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
• Always clean with new brake fluid when cleaning the brake caliper and other components.
• Do not use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation.
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-108 2015 Frontier NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 1]
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a crow-
foot (A) and torque wrench (B). A
• Brake system is an important safety part. If a brake fluid leak is
detected, always disassemble the affected part. If a malfunction is
detected, replace part with a new one.
B
• Always connect the battery terminals when moving the vehicle.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the
parts.
• Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing C
disc brake rotors, after replacing brake pads, or if a soft pedal
occurs at very low mileage.
JPFIA0001ZZ
- Front brake pad: Refer to BR-7, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection". D
- Front disc brake rotor: Refer to BR-7, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection".
- Rear brake pad: Refer to BR-9, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection".
- Rear disc brake rotor: Refer to BR-9, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection".
E
Precaution for Brake Control INFOID:0000000010710745

• During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is
normal. BRC
• Just after starting vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or a motor operating noise may be heard from engine
compartment. This is a normal status of operation check.
• Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or G
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
• When an error is indicated by ABS or another warning lamp, collect all necessary information from customer
(what symptoms are present under what conditions) and check for simple causes before starting diagnosis.
Besides electrical system inspection, check brake booster operation, brake fluid level, and fluid leaks. H
• If incorrect tire sizes or types are installed on the vehicle or brake pads are not Genuine NISSAN parts, stop-
ping distance or steering stability may deteriorate.
• If there is a radio, antenna or related wiring near control module, ABS function may have a malfunction or I
error.
• If aftermarket parts (car stereo, CD player, etc.) have been installed, check for incidents such as harness
pinches, open circuits or improper wiring.
J
• If the following components are replaced with non-genuine components or modified, the VDC OFF indicator
lamp and SLIP indicator lamp may turn on or the VDC system may not operate properly. Components
related to suspension (shock absorbers, struts, springs, bushings, etc.), tires, wheels (exclude specified
size), components related to brake system (pads, rotors, calipers, etc.), components related to engine (muf- K
fler, ECM, etc.), components related to body reinforcement (roll bar, tower bar, etc.).
• Driving with broken or excessively worn suspension components, tires or brake system components may
cause the VDC OFF indicator lamp and the SLIP indicator lamp to turn on, and the VDC system may not L
operate properly.
• When the TCS or VDC is activated by sudden acceleration or sudden turn, some noise may occur. The
noise is a result of the normal operation of the TCS and VDC.
• When driving on roads which have extreme slopes (such as mountainous roads) or high banks (such as M
sharp curves on a freeway), the VDC may not operate normally, or the VDC warning lamp and the SLIP indi-
cator lamp may turn on. This is not a problem if normal operation can be resumed after restarting the engine.
• Sudden turns (such as spin turns, acceleration turns), drifting, etc. with VDC turned off may cause the yaw N
rate/side/decel G sensor to indicate a problem. This is not a problem if normal operation can be resumed
after restarting the engine.
• If battery is removed or steering angle sensor is disconnected, power to steering angle sensor is lost and the
screen goes into steering angle sensor safe mode. O
• When screen goes into steering angle sensor safe mode, perform "Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor
Neutral Position" with CONSULT and check that VDC OFF indicator turns off. Additionally, perform self-diag-
nosis, check that only "Steering Angle Sensor Safe Mode" is shown for self-diagnostic result, and then P
delete the memory. (If the self-diagnostic result shows an indication other than "Steering Angle Sensor Safe
Mode", repair the relevant part and restart self-diagnosis.) The steering angle sensor is released and returns
to normal condition by performing the above operation.
• When checking, if only "Steering Angle Sensor Safe Mode" is shown in the self-diagnostic result and VDC
OFF indicator is off, delete history of malfunction. This happens when battery power supply is lost and the
screen goes into Steering Angle Sensor Safe Mode, and then screen returns to normal mode automatically
by driving the vehicle in a straight forward direction [for approximately 30 seconds at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or
more] after power is supplied again.
Revision: August 2014 BRC-109 2015 Frontier NAM
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 1]
NOTE:
VDC OFF indicator lamp is on when VDC OFF switch is on.
Precaution for CAN System INFOID:0000000010710746

• Do not apply voltage of 7.0V or higher to terminal to be measured.


• Maximum open terminal voltage of tester in use must be less than 7.0V.
• Before checking harnesses, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery negative cable.
• Area to be repaired must be soldered and wrapped with tape.
Make sure that fraying of twisted wire is within 110 mm (4.33 in).

PKIA0306E

• Do not make a bypass connection to repaired area. (If the circuit is


bypassed, characteristics of twisted wire will be lost.)

PKIA0307E

Revision: August 2014 BRC-110 2015 Frontier NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [TYPE 1]

PREPARATION A
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000010710747
B

The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.) C
Tool name
KV991J0080 Checking operation of ABS active wheel sen-
(J-45741) sors D
ABS active wheel sensor tester

WFIA0101E
BRC
ST30031000 Removing sensor rotor
( — )
Bearing puller
G

H
ZZA0700D

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000010710748

Tool name Description


1. Flare nut crowfoot Tightening brake tube flare nuts J
2. Torque wrench a: 10 mm (0.39 in)/12 mm (0.47 in)

S-NT360 L
Power tool Loosening nuts, screws and bolts

N
PIIB1407E

Revision: August 2014 BRC-111 2015 Frontier NAM


WHEEL SENSOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION


WHEEL SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710749

WFIA0339E

1. Front wheel sensor 2. Rear wheel sensor (C200) 3. Rear wheel sensor (M226)

REMOVAL
1. Remove wheel sensor bolt.
• When removing the front wheel sensor, first remove the disc rotor to gain access to the front wheel sen-
sor. Refer to BR-36, "Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper and Disc Rotor".
2. Pull the wheel sensor straight out, being careful to turn it as little as possible.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the wheel sensor edge and sensor rotor teeth.
• Do not pull on the wheel sensor harness.
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector, then remove the wheel sensor harness from the mounts to
remove the wheel sensor.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Before installing wheel sensors do the following:
- Inspect and replace the wheel sensor if damaged.
- Clean the wheel sensor hole and mating surface with brake cleaner and a lint-free cloth. Be careful that dirt
and debris do not enter the hub and bearing assembly or the rear axle.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-112 2015 Frontier NAM


SENSOR ROTOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
SENSOR ROTOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710750

FRONT B
Removal and Installation
The wheel sensor rotors are built into the wheel hubs and are not removable. If damaged, replace wheel hub
and bearing assembly. Refer to FAX-8, "Removal and Installation" C

REAR (C200)
Removal and Installation D
It is necessary to disassemble the rear axle to replace the sensor rotor. Perform the axle shaft assembly
removal procedure to replace sensor rotor. Refer to RAX-7, "Removal and Installation".
REAR (M226) E

Removal
1. Remove the axle shaft assembly. Refer to RAX-19, "Removal and Installation". BRC
2. Pull the sensor rotor off of the axle shaft using Tool and a suitable press.

Tool number : ST30031000 ( — ) G


Installation
1. Install the new sensor rotor on the axle shaft using a suitable
H
length steel tube and a press. Make sure the sensor rotor is fully
seated.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the old sensor rotor. I
2. Install the axle shaft assembly. Refer to RAX-19, "Removal and
Installation".
CAUTION: J
Do not reuse the axle oil seal. The axle oil seal must be
replaced every time the axle shaft assembly is removed
from the axle shaft housing. WFIA0341E
K

Revision: August 2014 BRC-113 2015 Frontier NAM


ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710751

AWFIA0743GB

1. From master cylinder secondary side 2. To rear right disc brake 3. To rear left disc brake
18.2 N·m (1.9 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) 13.0 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb) 13.0 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb)
4. To front right disc brake 5. To front left disc brake 6. From master cylinder primary side
13.0 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb) 13.0 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb) 18.2 N·m (1.9 kg-m, 13 ft-lb)
7. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 8. Harness connector Front

NOTE:
When removing components such as hoses, tubes/lines, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid from spill-
ing.
REMOVAL
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Refer to PG-89, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-141, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect the harness connector from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
CAUTION:
• To remove the brake tubes, use a flare nut wrench to prevent the flare nuts and brake tubes from
being damaged.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas.
4. Disconnect the brake tubes.
5. Remove the three bolts and remove the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
6. Remove the bolt and remove the bracket from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-114 2015 Frontier NAM


ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
• If the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is replaced, make sure to adjust position of steering angle
sensor. Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special A
Repair Requirement".

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) bolt (LH side) : 7.0 N·m (0.7 kg-m, 62 in-lb) B
CAUTION:
• All hoses and piping (tubes) must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling.
• Make sure there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and coun- C
terclockwise.
• The brake piping is an important safety part. If a brake fluid leak is detected, always disassemble the
parts. Replace applicable part with a new one, if necessary.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is D
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• Do not bend or twist brake hose sharply, or strongly pull it.
• When removing components, cover connections so that no dirt, dust, or other foreign matter gets in. E
• Do not reuse drained brake fluid.
• After installation of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), refill brake system with new
brake fluid, then bleed the air from the brake system. Refer to BR-19, "Bleeding Brake System".
BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-115 2015 Frontier NAM


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710752

REMOVAL
1. Remove the spiral cable. Refer to SR-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the screws and remove the steering angle sensor from the spiral cable.
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Reset the neutral position of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING
ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".
CAUTION:
Any time the steering angle sensor is removed and installed or replaced, you must reset the neutral
position of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-12, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN-
SOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-116 2015 Frontier NAM


YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 1]
YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710753

REMOVAL B
1. Remove center console rear base. Refer to IP-14, "Exploded View".
2. Remove yaw rate/side/decel G sensor attaching nuts as shown.
• The location of the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is the same C
for all models.
CAUTION:
• Do not use power tools to remove or install yaw rate/side/ D
decel G sensor.
• Do not drop or strike the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor.
3. Disconnect harness connector and remove the yaw rate/side/ E
decel G sensor.

WFIA0230E
BRC
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
G
After performing the above work, calibrate the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRA-
TION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Special Repair Requirement".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-117 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]

BASIC INSPECTION
APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710754

Service information Remarks


TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS

Revision: August 2014 BRC-118 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
A
Work Flow INFOID:0000000010710755

PRECAUTIONS FOR DIAGNOSIS B


If steering angle sensor, steering system parts, suspension system parts, ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit) or tires have been replaced, or if wheel alignment has been adjusted, be sure to adjust neutral posi-
tion of steering angle sensor before driving. Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE C
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description".

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-119 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
OVERALL SEQUENCE

JSFIA0010GB

DETAILED FLOW
1.COLLECT THE INFORMATION FROM THE CUSTOMER
Get the detailed information from the customer about the symptom (the condition and the environment when
the incident/malfunction occurred) using the diagnosis worksheet. Refer to BRC-122, "Diagnostic Work
Sheet".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-120 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS A

Check the DTC display with the self-diagnosis function. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
Is there any DTC displayed? B
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> GO TO 4
3.PERFORM THE SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS C
Perform the diagnosis applicable to the displayed DTC. Refer to BRC-208, "DTC No. Index".

D
>> GO TO 7
4.CHECK THE SYMPTOM THAT IS NOT CONSIDERED A SYSTEM MALFUNCTION
Check that the symptom is a normal operation that is not considered a system malfunction. Refer to BRC-226, E
"Description".
Is the symptom a normal operation?
YES >> Inspection End BRC
NO >> GO TO 5
5.CHECK THE WARNING LAMP AND INDICATOR LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION
G
Check that the warning lamp and indicator lamp illuminate.
• ABS warning lamp: Refer to BRC-197, "Description".
• Brake warning lamp: Refer to BRC-198, "Description".
• VDC OFF indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-200, "Description". H
• SLIP indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-202, "Description".
• Hill descent control indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-199, "Description".
Is ON/OFF timing normal? I
YES >> GO TO 6
NO >> GO TO 2
6.PERFORM THE DIAGNOSIS BY SYMPTOM J

Perform the diagnosis applicable to the symptom.


K
>> GO TO 7
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
L
Repair or replace the specified malfunctioning parts.

>> GO TO 8
M
8.FINAL CHECK
Perform the self-diagnosis again, and check that the malfunction is repaired completely. After checking, erase
the self-diagnosis memory. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)". N
Is no other DTC present and the repair completed?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> GO TO 3 O

Revision: August 2014 BRC-121 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORKFLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000010710756

AWFIA1029GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-122 2015 Frontier NAM


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
A
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Description
INFOID:0000000010710757 B

After replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), perform the following procedures:
• Neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor
• Calibration of the decel G sensor C

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING CONTROL UNIT : Special Repair Re-


quirement INFOID:0000000010710758 D

1.PERFORM THE NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Perform the neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor. E

>> Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION :


Special Repair Requirement", GO TO 2 BRC

2.PERFORM CALIBRATION OF THE DECEL G SENSOR


Perform calibration of the decel G sensor. G

>> Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Special Repair Requirement".


ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION H

ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description


INFOID:0000000010710759
I
Refer to the table below to determine if adjustment of steering angle sensor neutral position is required.
×: Required –: Not required

Situation Adjustment of steering angle sensor neutral position J


Removing/Installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) —
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
K
Removing/Installing steering angle sensor ×
Replacing steering angle sensor ×
Removing/Installing steering components × L
Replacing steering components ×
Removing/Installing suspension components ×
M
Replacing suspension components ×
Change tires to new ones —
Tire rotation — N
Adjusting wheel alignment ×
Battery disconnection ×
O
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Re-
pair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710760

P
ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
CAUTION:
To adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor, make sure to use CONSULT
(Adjustment cannot be done without CONSULT)
1.ALIGN THE VEHICLE STATUS
Stop vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-123 2015 Frontier NAM


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]

>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM THE NEUTRAL POSITION ADJUSTMENT FOR THE STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
1. On the CONSULT screen, touch “WORK SUPPORT” and “ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT” in order.
2. Touch “START”.
CAUTION:
Do not touch steering wheel while adjusting steering angle sensor.
3. After approximately 10 seconds, touch “END”.
NOTE:
After approximately 60 seconds, it ends automatically.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON again.
CAUTION:
Be sure to perform above operation.

>> GO TO 3
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
1. Run vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position, then stop.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Then make sure “STR ANGLE SIG” is within 0±3.5°.
Is the steering angle within the specified range?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Perform the neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor again, GO TO 1
4.ERASE THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY
Erase the self-diagnosis memory of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM.
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit): Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
• ECM: Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
Are the memories erased?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description INFOID:0000000010710761

Refer to the table below to determine if calibration of the decel G sensor is required.
×: Required –: Not required

Situation Calibration of decel G sensor


Removing/Installing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) —
Replacing ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) ×
Removing/Installing steering components —
Replacing steering components ×
Removing/Installing suspension components —
Replacing suspension components —
Change tires to new ones —
Tire rotation —
Adjusting wheel alignment ×
Removing/Installing yaw rate/side/decel G sensor ×
Replacing yaw rate/side/decel G sensor ×

CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710762

CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR


CAUTION:
To calibrate the decel G sensor, make sure to use CONSULT

Revision: August 2014 BRC-124 2015 Frontier NAM


INSPECTION AND ADJUSTMENT
< BASIC INSPECTION > [TYPE 2]
(Calibration cannot be done without CONSULT)
1.ALIGN THE VEHICLE STATUS A

Stop vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position.


B
>> GO TO 2
2.PERFORM CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
C
1. On the CONSULT screen, touch “WORK SUPPORT” and “DECEL G SEN CALIBRATION” in order.
2. Touch “START”.
3. After approximately 10 seconds, touch “END”.
NOTE: D
After approximately 60 seconds, it ends automatically.
4. Turn ignition switch OFF, then turn it ON again.
CAUTION: E
Be sure to perform above operation.

>> GO TO 3 BRC
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR
1. Run vehicle with front wheels in straight-ahead position, then stop.
2. Select “DATA MONITOR”. Then make sure “DECEL G SEN” is within ± 0.08G. G
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Perform calibration of decel G sensor again, GO TO 1 H

4.ERASE THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS MEMORY


Erase the self-diagnosis memory of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM. I
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit): Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
• ECM: Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
Are the memories erased? J
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Check the items indicated by the self-diagnosis.
K

Revision: August 2014 BRC-125 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]

SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710763

Service information Remarks


TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS

Revision: August 2014 BRC-126 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL DESCENT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
HILL DESCENT CONTROL
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710764

BRC

AWFIA0680GB
I

Hydraulic Circuit Diagram INFOID:0000000010710765

AWFIA0201GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-127 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL DESCENT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
System Description INFOID:0000000010710766

• The hill descent control system will help maintain vehicle speed when driving under 25-35 km/h (15-21 MPH)
on steeper downhill grades. Hill descent control will provide braking allowing the driver to concentrate on
steering while reducing the burden of brake and accelerator operation.
• To operate the system, set the 4WD switch to 4H or 4LO and push the hill descent control switch. The hill
descent control indicator in the combination meter will turn on. While hill descent control is operating, the
stop/tail lamps will illuminate.
• If the accelerator or brake pedal is depressed while the hill descent control system is on, the system will stop
operating.
• During hill descent control operation, a mechanical noise may be heard. This is normal.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-128 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL DESCENT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710767

BRC

P
ALFIA0485GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Hill descent control switch M155 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-129 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL DESCENT CONTROL
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch E39 14. Stop lamp relay E12

Component Description INFOID:0000000010710768

Component parts Reference


Pump
BRC-161, "Description"
Motor
Actuator relay BRC-177, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-170, "Description"
VDC switch-over valve
BRC-188, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-165, "Description"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-163, "Description"
Stop lamp switch BRC-168, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-179, "Description"
Brake fluid level switch BRC-182, "Description"
Hill descent control switch BRC-193, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-195, "Description"
ABS warning lamp BRC-197, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-198, "Description"
Hill descent control indicator lamp BRC-199, "Description"
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-200, "Description"
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-202, "Description"

Revision: August 2014 BRC-130 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL START ASSIST
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
HILL START ASSIST
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710769

BRC

AWFIA0680GB
I

System Description INFOID:0000000010710770

J
• The hill start assist system will assist the driver by applying the brake automatically and preventing the vehi-
cle from rolling backward when starting on an uphill.
• The maximum holding time is 2 seconds. After 2 seconds, the vehicle will begin to roll back gradually and
then hill start assist will stop operating completely. K

Revision: August 2014 BRC-131 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL START ASSIST
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710771

ALFIA0485GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Hill descent control switch M155 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-132 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL START ASSIST
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47 A
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch E39 14. Stop lamp relay E12

Component Description INFOID:0000000010710772


B

Component parts Reference C


Pump
BRC-161, "Description"
Motor
D
Actuator relay BRC-177, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-170, "Description"
VDC switch-over valve E
BRC-188, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-165, "Description"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-163, "Description" BRC
Stop lamp switch BRC-168, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-179, "Description"
G
Brake fluid level switch BRC-182, "Description"
Hill descent control switch BRC-193, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-195, "Description" H
ABS warning lamp BRC-197, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-198, "Description"
Hill descent control indicator lamp BRC-199, "Description"
I
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-200, "Description"
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-202, "Description" J

Revision: August 2014 BRC-133 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
VDC
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710773

AWFIA0680GB

System Description INFOID:0000000010710774

• Vehicle Dynamics Control system detects driver′s steering operation amount and brake pedal travel from
steering angle sensor. Using information from yaw rate/side/decel G sensor and wheel sensor, VDC judges
driving condition (conditions of under steer and over steer) to improve vehicle driving stability by controlling
brake application to 4 wheels and engine output.
• During VDC operation, it informs driver of system operation by flashing SLIP indicator lamp.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-134 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710775

BRC

P
ALFIA0485GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Hill descent control switch M155 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-135 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch E39 14. Stop lamp relay E12

Component Description INFOID:0000000010710776

Component parts Reference


Pump
BRC-161, "Description"
Motor
Actuator relay BRC-177, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-170, "Description"
VDC switch-over valve
BRC-188, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-165, "Description"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-163, "Description"
Stop lamp switch BRC-168, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-179, "Description"
Brake fluid level switch BRC-182, "Description"
Hill descent control switch BRC-193, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-195, "Description"
ABS warning lamp BRC-197, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-198, "Description"
Hill descent control indicator lamp BRC-199, "Description"
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-200, "Description"
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-202, "Description"

Revision: August 2014 BRC-136 2015 Frontier NAM


TCS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
TCS
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710777

BRC

AWFIA0680GB
I

System Description INFOID:0000000010710778

J
• Traction Control System is a function that electronically controls engine torque, brake fluid pressure and A/T
gear position to ensure the optimum slippage ratio at drive wheels by computing wheel speed signals from 4
wheel sensors. When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) detects a spin at drive wheels (rear
wheels), it compares wheel speed signals from all 4 wheels. At this time, LH and RH rear brake fluid pres- K
sure are controlled, while fuel being cut to engine and throttle valve being closed to reduce engine torque by
the control unit. Further more, throttle position is continuously controlled to ensure the optimum engine
torque at all times. L
• During TCS operation, it informs driver of system operation by flashing SLIP indicator lamp.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-137 2015 Frontier NAM


TCS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710779

ALFIA0485GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Hill descent control switch M155 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-138 2015 Frontier NAM


TCS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47 A
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch E39 14. Stop lamp relay E12

Component Description INFOID:0000000010710780


B

Component parts Reference C


Pump
BRC-161, "Description"
Motor
D
Actuator relay BRC-177, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-170, "Description"
VDC switch-over valve E
BRC-188, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-165, "Description"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-163, "Description" BRC
Stop lamp switch BRC-168, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-179, "Description"
G
Brake fluid level switch BRC-182, "Description"
Hill descent control switch BRC-193, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-195, "Description" H
ABS warning lamp BRC-197, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-198, "Description"
Hill descent control indicator lamp BRC-199, "Description"
I
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-200, "Description"
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-202, "Description" J

Revision: August 2014 BRC-139 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
ABS
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710781

AWFIA0680GB

System Description INFOID:0000000010710782

• Anti-Lock Braking System is a function that detects wheel revolution while braking, electronically controls
braking force, and prevents wheel locking during sudden braking. It improves handling stability and maneu-
verability for avoiding obstacles.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-140 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710783

BRC

P
ALFIA0485GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Hill descent control switch M155 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-141 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch E39 14. Stop lamp relay E12

Component Description INFOID:0000000010710784

Component parts Reference


Pump
BRC-161, "Description"
Motor
Actuator relay BRC-177, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-170, "Description"
VDC switch-over valve
BRC-188, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-165, "Description"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-163, "Description"
Stop lamp switch BRC-168, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-179, "Description"
Brake fluid level switch BRC-182, "Description"
Hill descent control switch BRC-193, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-195, "Description"
ABS warning lamp BRC-197, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-198, "Description"
Hill descent control indicator lamp BRC-199, "Description"
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-200, "Description"
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-202, "Description"

Revision: August 2014 BRC-142 2015 Frontier NAM


EBD
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
EBD
A
System Diagram INFOID:0000000010710785

BRC

AWFIA0680GB
I

System Description INFOID:0000000010710786

J
• Electric Brake force Distribution is a following function. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) detects
subtle slippages between the front and rear wheels during braking. Then it electronically controls the rear
braking force (brake fluid pressure) to reduce rear wheel slippage. Accordingly, it improves vehicle stability.
• Electrical system diagnosis by CONSULT is available. K

Revision: August 2014 BRC-143 2015 Frontier NAM


EBD
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000010710787

ALFIA0485GB

1. Front wheel sensor LH E18 2. Brake fluid level switch E21 3. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Front wheel sensor RH E117 E127
4. Hill descent control switch M155 5. Combination meter M24 6. Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor B73
7. C200 rear axle 8. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 9. M226 rear axle
Rear wheel sensor RH C10

Revision: August 2014 BRC-144 2015 Frontier NAM


EBD
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
10. Rear wheel sensor LH C11 11. Steering angle sensor (behind spiral ca- 12. VDC OFF switch M154
Rear wheel sensor RH C10 ble) M47 A
(Steering wheel removed for clarity)
13. Stop lamp switch E39 14. Stop lamp relay E12

Component Description INFOID:0000000010710788


B

Component parts Reference C


Pump
BRC-161, "Description"
Motor
D
Actuator relay BRC-177, "Description"
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
Solenoid valve BRC-170, "Description"
VDC switch-over valve E
BRC-188, "Description"
(CV1, CV2, SV1, SV2)
Wheel sensor BRC-165, "Description"
Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor BRC-163, "Description" BRC
Stop lamp switch BRC-168, "Description"
Steering angle sensor BRC-179, "Description"
G
Brake fluid level switch BRC-182, "Description"
Hill descent control switch BRC-193, "Description"
VDC OFF switch BRC-195, "Description" H
ABS warning lamp BRC-197, "Description"
Brake warning lamp BRC-198, "Description"
Hill descent control indicator lamp BRC-199, "Description"
I
VDC OFF indicator lamp BRC-200, "Description"
SLIP indicator lamp BRC-202, "Description" J

Revision: August 2014 BRC-145 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
CONSULT Function (ABS) INFOID:0000000010710789

FUNCTION
CONSULT can display each diagnostic item using the following direct diagnostic modes.

Direct Diagnostic Mode Description


ECU Identification The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) part number is displayed.
Self Diagnostic Result The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self diagnostic results are displayed.
Data Monitor The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) input/output data is displayed in real time.
Active Test The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) activates outputs to test components.
Work support The settings for ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) functions can be changed.
CAN Diag Support Mntr The result of transmit/receive diagnosis of CAN communication is displayed.

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT


Operation Procedure
1. Before performing the self-diagnosis, start engine and drive vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for
approximately 1 minute.
How to Erase Self-diagnosis Results
1. After erasing DTC memory, start engine and drive vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approximately
1 minute as the final inspection, and make sure that the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp,
SLIP indicator lamp and brake warning lamp turn OFF.
CAUTION:
If memory cannot be erased, perform applicable diagnosis.
NOTE:
• When the wheel sensor malfunctions, after inspecting the wheel sensor system, the ABS warning lamp,
VDC OFF indicator lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and brake warning lamp will not turn OFF even when the
system is normal unless the vehicle is driving at approximately 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more for approxi-
mately 1 minute.
• Brake warning lamp will turn ON in case of parking brake operation (when switch is ON) or of brake fluid
level switch operation (when brake fluid is insufficient).
• VDC OFF switch should not stay “ON” position.
Display Item List
Refer to BRC-208, "DTC No. Index".
DATA MONITOR

Data monitor item selection


Item
ECU INPUT MAIN SELECTION Remarks
(Unit)
SIGNALS SIGNALS FROM MENU
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front LH
× × ×
(km/h, mph) wheel sensor signal is displayed.
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by front RH
× × ×
(km/h, mph) wheel sensor signal is displayed.
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear LH
× × ×
(km/h, mph) wheel sensor signal is displayed.
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed calculated by rear RH
× × ×
(km/h, mph) wheel sensor signal is displayed.
DECEL G-SEN Longitudinal acceleration detected
× × ×
(G) by decel G-sensor is displayed.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-146 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Data monitor item selection
Item A
ECU INPUT MAIN SELECTION Remarks
(Unit)
SIGNALS SIGNALS FROM MENU
FR RH IN SOL Front RH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off)
– × × B
(On/Off) status is displayed.
FR RH OUT SOL Front RH OUT ABS solenoid (On/
– × ×
(On/Off) Off) status is displayed.
FR LH IN SOL Front LH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off) C
– × ×
(On/Off) status is displayed.
FR LH OUT SOL Front LH OUT ABS solenoid (On/
– × ×
(On/Off) Off) status is displayed. D
RR RH IN SOL Rear RH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off)
– × ×
(On/Off) status is displayed.
RR RH OUT SOL Rear RH OUT ABS solenoid (On/ E
– × ×
(On/Off) Off) status is displayed.
RR LH IN SOL Rear LH IN ABS solenoid (On/Off)
– × ×
(On/Off) status is displayed. BRC
RR LH OUT SOL Rear LH OUT ABS solenoid (On/
– × ×
(On/Off) Off) status is displayed.
EBD WARN LAMP Brake warning lamp (On/Off) status G
– – ×
(On/Off) is displayed.
STOP LAMP SW Stop lamp switch (On/Off) status is
× × ×
(On/Off) displayed. H
MOTOR RELAY ABS motor relay signal (On/Off) sta-
– × ×
(On/Off) tus is displayed.
ACTUATOR RLY
– × ×
ABS actuator relay signal (On/Off) I
(On/Off) status is displayed.
ABS WARN LAMP ABS warning lamp (On/Off) status is
– × ×
(On/Off) displayed. J
OFF LAMP OFF Lamp (On/Off) status is dis-
– × ×
(On/Off) played.
OFF SW VDC OFF switch (On/Off) status is K
× × ×
(On/Off) displayed.
SLIP LAMP SLIP indicator lamp (On/Off) status
– × ×
(On/Off) is displayed.
L
Voltage supplied to ABS actuator
BATTERY VOLT
× × × and electric unit (control unit) is dis-
(V)
played.
M
GEAR Gear position determined by TCM is
× × ×
(1, 2, 3, 4, 5) displayed.
SLCT LVR POSI Shift position judged by PNP switch
× × × N
(P, R, N, D) signal.
ENGINE SPEED Engine speed judged by CAN com-
× × ×
(rpm) munication signal is displayed.
O
YAW RATE SEN Yaw rate detected by yaw rate sen-
× × ×
(d/s) sor is displayed.
R POSI SIG Shift position judged by PNP switch
– – × P
(On/Off) signal.
N POSI SIG Shift position judged by PNP switch
– – ×
(On/Off) signal.
P POSI SIG Shift position judged by PNP switch
– – ×
(On/Off) signal.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-147 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Data monitor item selection
Item
ECU INPUT MAIN SELECTION Remarks
(Unit)
SIGNALS SIGNALS FROM MENU
Front side switch-over solenoid
CV1
– – × valve (cut valve) (On/Off) status is
(On/Off)
displayed.
Rear side switch-over solenoid
CV2
– – × valve (cut-valve) (On/Off) status is
(On/Off)
displayed.
Front side switch-over solenoid
SV1
– – × valve (suction valve) (On/Off) status
(On/Off)
is displayed.
Rear side switch-over solenoid
SV2
– – × valve (suction valve) (On/Off) status
(On/Off)
is displayed.
It recognizes on software whether it
2WD/4WD
– – × is 2WD and whether it is in 4WD
(2WD/4WD)
state.
Throttle valve open/close status
ACCEL POS SIG
× – × judged by CAN communication sig-
(%)
nal is displayed.
SIDE G-SENSOR Transverse acceleration detected
× – ×
(m/s2) by side G-sensor is displayed.
STR ANGLE SIG Steering angle detected by steering
× – ×
(deg) angle sensor is displayed.
PRESS SENSOR Brake pressure detected by pres-
× – ×
(bar) sure sensor is displayed.
EBD SIGNAL EBD operation (On/Off) status is
– – ×
(On/Off) displayed.
ABS SIGNAL ABS operation (On/Off) status is
– – ×
(On/Off) displayed.
TCS SIGNAL TCS operation (On/Off) status is
– – ×
(On/Off) displayed.
VDC SIGNAL VDC operation (On/Off) status is
– – ×
(On/Off) displayed.
ABS FAIL SIG ABS fail signal (On/Off) status is dis-
– – ×
(On/Off) played.
TCS FAIL SIG TCS fail signal (On/Off) status is dis-
– – ×
(On/Off) played.
VDC FAIL SIG VDC fail signal (On/Off) status is
– – ×
(On/Off) displayed.
CRANKING SIG The input state of the key SW
– – ×
(On/Off) START position signal is displayed.
FLUID LEV SW Brake fluid level switch (On/Off) sta-
× – ×
(On/Off) tus is displayed.
DLOCK SW Indicates condition of differential
– – ×
(On/Off) lock.
DLOCK CHG SW Indicates condition of differential
– – ×
(On/Off) lock mode switch.
STP ON RLY Stop lamp relay signal (On/Off) sta-
– – ×
(On/Off) tus is displayed.
DDS SW (Note 1) Hill descent control switch (On/Off)
– – ×
(On/Off) status is displayed.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-148 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
Data monitor item selection
Item A
ECU INPUT MAIN SELECTION Remarks
(Unit)
SIGNALS SIGNALS FROM MENU
DDS SIG (Note 1) Hill descent control operation (On/
– – × B
(On/Off) Off) status is displayed.
USS SIG (Note 2) Hill start assist operation (On/Off)
– – ×
(On/Off) status is displayed.
×: Applicable C
–: Not applicable
NOTE:
• 1: The CONSULT will display DDS (Downhill Drive Support) when referring to the Hill Descent Control system. D
• 2: The CONSULT will display USS (Uphill Start Support) when referring to the Hill Start Assist system.

WORK SUPPORT E

Conditions Description
Steering angle sensor neutral position adjustment can be per- BRC
ST ANGLE SENSOR ADJUSTMENT formed. Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING AN-
GLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description".
Decel G sensor calibration can be performed. Refer to BRC-124,
DECEL G SEN CALIBRATION G
"CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION: H
• Do not perform active test while driving vehicle.
• Make sure to completely bleed air from brake system.
• The active test cannot be performed with the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp, SLIP indi-
cator lamp or brake warning lamp on. I
• ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp, SLIP indicator lamp and brake warning lamp are on
during active test.
NOTE: J
• When active test is performed while depressing the pedal, the pedal depression amount will change. This is
normal. (Only solenoid valve and ABS motor.)
• “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed 10 seconds after operation start.
• After “TEST IS STOPPED” is displayed, to perform test again, touch BACK. K

Test Item

SOLENOID VALVE L
• When performing an active test of the ABS function, select the “MAIN SIGNALS” for each test item. In addi-
tion, when performing an active test of the VDC/TCS function, select the item menu for each test item.
• For ABS solenoid valve, touch “Up”, “Keep”, and “Down” on the display screen. For ABS solenoid valve M
(ACT), touch “Up”, “ACT UP”, “ACT KEEP” and confirm that solenoid valves operate as shown in the table
below.

ABS solenoid valve ABS solenoid valve (ACT) N


Operation
Up Keep Down Up ACT UP ACT KEEP
FR RH IN SOL Off On On — — —
FR RH SOL O
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — —
FR LH IN SOL Off On On — — —
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — — P
RR RH IN SOL Off On On — — —
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — —
RR LH IN SOL Off On On — — —
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On* — — —

Revision: August 2014 BRC-149 2015 Frontier NAM


DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM [ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL
UNIT)]
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [TYPE 2]
ABS solenoid valve ABS solenoid valve (ACT)
Operation
Up Keep Down Up ACT UP ACT KEEP
FR RH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off
FR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
FR RH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off
FR LH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off
FR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
FR LH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR RH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR RH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR LH IN SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR LH OUT SOL — — — Off Off Off
RR RH IN SOL Off On On Off Off Off
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* Off Off Off
REAR SOL
RR LH IN SOL Off On On Off Off Off
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On* Off Off Off
*: ON for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then OFF

ABS MOTOR
• Touch “On” and “Off” on screen. Make sure motor relay and actuator relay operate as shown in table below.

Operation On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ACTUATOR RLY On On

STOP LAMP ON RELAY


• Touch “On” and “Off” on screen. Make sure stop lamp relay operates as shown in table below. Brake lamps
will illuminate when relay is “On”.

Operation On Off
STP ON RLY On Off

Revision: August 2014 BRC-150 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710790
B

Service information Remarks


C
TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS
D

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-151 2015 Frontier NAM


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000011330406

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When power supply voltage of rear wheel sensor
RH is low.
C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
• When an open or shorted circuit is detected in rear
wheel sensor RH circuit.
• When power supply voltage of rear wheel sensor
LH is low.
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
• When an open or shorted circuit is detected in rear • Harness or connector
wheel sensor LH circuit. • Wheel sensor
• When power supply voltage of front wheel sensor • ABS actuator and electric unit
RH is low. (control unit)
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
• When an open or shorted circuit is detected in front
wheel sensor RH circuit.
• When power supply voltage of front wheel sensor
LH is low.
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
• When an open or shorted circuit is detected in front
wheel sensor LH circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
With CONSULT.
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at approximately 21 km/h (13 MPH) or more for approximately 5 minutes.
2. Perform self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-152, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011330407

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONFIRM DTC
With CONSULT
1. Perform self-diagnostic result of ABS and record all active DTCs.
2. Clear all DTCs.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to BRC-152, "DTC Logic".
Does DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 reset?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
2.INSPECT WHEEL SENSOR
Inspect the suspect wheel sensor for damage or deformation.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.HARNESS AND CONNECTOR INSPECTION

Revision: August 2014 BRC-152 2015 Frontier NAM


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E125 and wheel sensor connector of
suspect wheel. A
2. Check harness, connectors and terminals for corrosion, deformation, disconnection, looseness or dam-
age.
Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
4.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL C
1. Connect ABS active wheel sensor tester (J-45741) to wheel sensor using appropriate adapter.
2. Turn on the ABS active wheel sensor tester power switch.
NOTE: D
The green POWER indicator should illuminate. If the POWER indicator does not illuminate, replace the
battery in the ABS active wheel sensor tester before proceeding.
3. Spin the wheel of the vehicle by hand and observe the red SENSOR indicator on the ABS active wheel E
sensor tester. The red SENSOR indicator should flash ON and OFF to indicate an output signal.
NOTE:
If the red SENSOR indicator illuminates but does not flash, reverse the polarity of the tester leads and
retest. BRC
Does the ABS active wheel sensor tester detect a signal?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installation". G
5.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT TO VOLTAGE
1. Turn ignition switch ON. H
2. Check voltage between wheel sensor harness connector terminals of suspect wheel and ground.

Wheel Sensor I
Ground Voltage
Wheel Connector Terminal
1
Front LH E18 J
2
1
Front RH E117
2
— 0V K
1
Rear LH C11
2
1 L
Rear RH C10
2
Is the inspection result normal?
M
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Repair the circuit.
6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT TO GROUND N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check continuity between wheel sensor harness connector terminals of suspect wheel and ground.
O
Wheel Sensor
Ground Continuity
Wheel Connector Terminal
P

Revision: August 2014 BRC-153 2015 Frontier NAM


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
1
Front LH E18
2
1
Front RH E117
2
— No
1
Rear LH C11
2
1
Rear RH C10
2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair the circuit.
7.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT BETWEEN CIRCUITS
Check continuity between wheel sensor harness connector terminals of suspect wheel.

Wheel Sensor (+) (-)


Continuity
Wheel Connector Terminal Terminal
Front LH E18
Front RH E117
1 2 No
Rear LH C11
Rear RH C10
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> Repair the circuit.
8.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E127 and harness
connector of suspect wheel sensor.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Wheel sensor Continuity
Wheel sensor
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
45 1
Front LH E18
46 2
34 1
Front RH E117
33 2 Yes
E127
36 1
Rear LH C11
37 2
43 1
Rear RH C10
42 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Repair the circuit.
9.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch ON.
2. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) harness connector E127 terminal and
ground.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-154 2015 Frontier NAM


C1101, C1102, C1103, C1104 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

ABS actuator and electric unit A


(control unit) Voltage
Ground Condition
(Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch ON Battery voltage B
E127 8 —
Ignition switch OFF 0V
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> Check the following:
• 10A fuse No. 50 located in the IPDM E/R
D
• Harness between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and IPDM E/R
10.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals and
ground.
BRC
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
16 G
E127 Ground Yes
47
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
11.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR INPUT VOLTAGE I
1. Connect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E125.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
3. Check voltage between suspect wheel sensor harness connector terminals. J

Wheel Sensor (+) (-) Voltage


Wheel Connector Terminal Terminal (Approx.) K
Front LH E18
Front RH E117
1 2 Battery voltage L
Rear LH C11
Rear RH C10
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> Replace wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-231, "Removal and Installation". Then, GO TO 12.
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion". N
12.CONFIRM REPAIR
With CONSULT O
1. Clear all DTCs.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to BRC-152, "DTC Logic".
Does DTC C1101, C1102, C1103 or C1104 reset?
P
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-155 2015 Frontier NAM


C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000011330408

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display Item Malfunction detected condition Possible causes


• When distance between rear wheel sensor RH and
rear wheel sensor RH rotor is large.
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
• When installation of rear wheel sensor RH or rear
wheel sensor RH rotor is not normal.
• When distance between rear wheel sensor LH and
rear wheel sensor LH rotor is large.
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
• When installation of rear wheel sensor LH or rear • Wheel sensor
wheel sensor LH rotor is not normal. • ABS actuator and electric unit
• When distance between front wheel sensor RH (control unit)
and front wheel sensor RH rotor is large. • Sensor rotor
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
• When installation of front wheel sensor RH or front
wheel sensor RH rotor is not normal.
• When distance between front wheel sensor LH and
front wheel sensor LH rotor is large.
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
• When installation of front wheel sensor LH or front
wheel sensor LH rotor is not normal.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSTIC RESULT
With CONSULT.
1. Start engine and drive vehicle at approximately 21 km/h (13 MPH) or more for approximately 5 minutes.
2. Perform self-diagnostic result.
Is DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 detected?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-156, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000011330409

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONFIRM DTC
With CONSULT
1. Perform self-diagnostic result of ABS and record all active DTCs.
2. Clear all DTCs.
3. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to BRC-152, "DTC Logic".
Does DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 reset?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Refer to GI-42, "Intermittent Incident".
2.CHECK TIRE PRESSURE AND TIRE WEAR
Check tires for excessive wear and proper inflation. Refer to WT-48, "Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR
Check wheel sensor for the following:
Revision: August 2014 BRC-156 2015 Frontier NAM
C1105, C1106, C1107, C1108 WHEEL SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
• Proper installation
• Physical damage A
• Contamination
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4. B
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
4.CHECK SENSOR ROTOR
C
Check sensor rotor for the following:
• Contamination
• Physical damage (missing teeth, cracks, etc.)
• Foreign material D
• Looseness
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-231, "Removal and Installation" . Then, GO TO 5. E
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
5.CONFIRM REPAIR
BRC
With CONSULT
1. Clear all DTCs.
2. Perform DTC confirmation procedure. Refer to BRC-152, "DTC Logic".
G
Does DTC C1105, C1106, C1107 or C1108 reset?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
H
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-157 2015 Frontier NAM


C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000010710801

Supplies electric power to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710802

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector
BATTERY VOLTAGE When the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
C1109 • ABS actuator and electric unit
[ABNORMAL] power supply voltage is lower than normal.
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL]
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-158, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710803

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND
GROUND CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 8 and
ground.

ABS actuator and elec-


tric unit (control unit) — Condition Voltage
Connector Terminal
Ignition switch: ON Battery voltage
E127 8 Ground
Ignition switch: OFF Approx. 0V

Revision: August 2014 BRC-158 2015 Frontier NAM


C1109 POWER AND GROUND SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
4. Turn ignition switch OFF.
5. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 A
and ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit B


(control unit) — Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes C

Is the inspection result normal?


YES >> Check battery for terminal looseness, low voltage, etc. If any malfunction is found, repair malfunc- D
tioning parts.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
E
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710804

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


BRC
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".
G
>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR H
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".
I
>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-159 2015 Frontier NAM


C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1110, C1170 ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710805

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


When there is an internal malfunction in the ABS actuator
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE • ABS actuator and electric unit
and electric unit (control unit).
(control unit)
C1170 VARIANT CODING In a case where VARIANT CODING is different.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
CONTROLLER FAILURE
VARIANT CODING
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-160, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710806

1.REPLACE ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)

>> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710807

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-160 2015 Frontier NAM


C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710808

PUMP B
The pump returns the brake fluid stored in the reservoir to the master cylinder by reducing the pressure.
MOTOR
The motor drives the pump according to the signals transmitted by the ABS actuator and electric unit (control C
unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710809
D

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause
During the actuator motor operating with ON, when the
actuator motor turns OFF, or when the control line for ac-
tuator motor relay is open. • Harness or connector BRC
C1111 PUMP MOTOR • ABS actuator and electric unit
During the actuator motor operating with OFF, when the (control unit)
actuator motor turns ON, or when the control line for relay
is shorted to ground. G

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS H
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
I

PUMP MOTOR
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display? J
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710810
K

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT L
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

M
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. N
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnect, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair or
replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
O
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2 P
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK ABS MOTOR AND MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check voltage between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 1 and
ground.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-161 2015 Frontier NAM


C1111 ABS MOTOR, MOTOR RELAY SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E127 1 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710811

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST


1. On “ACTIVE TEST”, select “ABS MOTOR”.
2. Touch On and Off on screen. Make sure motor relay and actuator relay operate as shown in table below.

Operation On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ACTUATOR RLY On On
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-161, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710812

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-162 2015 Frontier NAM


C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710813

The yaw rate/side/decel G sensor detects the yaw rate/side/decel G affecting the vehicle, and transmits the B
data to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) as an analog voltage signal.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710814

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


Longitudinal G-sensor is malfunctioning, or signal line of
C1113 G-SENSOR
longitudinal G-sensor is open or shorted.
• Harness or connector
Yaw rate sensor is malfunctioning, or the yaw rate sensor • ABS actuator and electric unit E
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
signal line is open or shorted. (control unit)
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Side G sensor is malfunctioning, or circuit of side G sen-
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
sor is open or shorted. BRC
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS G
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results H
G-SENSOR
YAW RATE SENSOR
I
SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710815
K

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST". L

CAUTION:
M
• Sudden turns (such as spin turns, acceleration turns), drifting, etc. when VDC function is OFF may
cause the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system to indicate a malfunction. This is not a malfunction if
normal operation can be resumed after restarting the engine.
• If vehicle is on turn table at entrance to parking garage, or on other moving surface, VDC OFF indica- N
tor lamp may illuminate and CONSULT self-diagnosis may indicate yaw rate sensor system malfunc-
tion. However, in this case there is no malfunction in yaw rate sensor system. Take vehicle off of turn
table or other moving surface, and start engine. Results will return to normal.
O
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
connector. P
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
2.YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR HARNESS INSPECTION

Revision: August 2014 BRC-163 2015 Frontier NAM


C1113, C1145, C1146 YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Check continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 18, 19,
22, 29 and the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor connector B73 terminals 3, 2, 4, 1.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
18 3
19 2
E127 B73 Yes
22 4
29 1
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
3.YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR INSPECTION
Perform the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor component inspection. Refer to BRC-164, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Replace the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-236, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710816

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR


Select “YAW RATE SEN”, “SIDE G-SENSOR”, “DECEL G-SEN” in “DATA MONITOR” and check yaw rate/
side/decel G sensor signal.

YAW RATE SEN SIDE G-SENSOR DECEL G-SEN


Vehicle condition
(DATA MONITOR) (DATA MONITOR) (DATA MONITOR)
Stopped -4 to +4 deg/s -1.1 to +1.1 m/s -0.08 G to +0.08 G
Turning right Negative value Negative value -
Turning left Positive value Positive value -
Speed up - - Negative value
Speed down - - Positive value
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-163, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710817

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-164 2015 Frontier NAM


C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710818

When the sensor rotor rotates, the magnetic field changes. It converts the magnetic field changes to current B
signals (rectangular wave) and transmits them to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710819

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


• Harness or connector
ABS SENSOR • Wheel sensor
C1115 When wheel sensor input signal is malfunctioning.
[ABNORMAL SIGNAL] • ABS actuator and electric unit E
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS BRC

Check the self-diagnosis results.


G
Self-diagnosis results
ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display? H
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
I
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710820

J
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".
K
CAUTION:
Do not check between wheel sensor terminals.
1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION L
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and wheel sensor of malfunctioning
code.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage. M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary. N
2.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR OUTPUT SIGNAL
1. Connect ABS active wheel sensor tester (J-45741) to wheel sensor using appropriate adapter. O
2. Turn on the ABS active wheel sensor tester power switch.
NOTE:
The green POWER indicator should illuminate. If the POWER indicator does not illuminate, replace the
battery in the ABS active wheel sensor tester before proceeding. P
3. Spin the wheel of the vehicle by hand and observe the red SENSOR indicator on the ABS active wheel
sensor tester. The red SENSOR indicator should flash on and off to indicate an output signal.
NOTE:
If the red SENSOR indicator illuminates but does not flash, reverse the polarity of the tester leads and
retest.
Does the ABS active wheel sensor tester detect a signal?
YES >> GO TO 3
Revision: August 2014 BRC-165 2015 Frontier NAM
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
NO >> Replace the wheel sensor. Refer to BRC-231, "Removal and Installation".
3.CHECK TIRES
Check the inflation pressure, wear and size of each tire.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Adjust tire pressure or replace tire(s).
4.CHECK WHEEL BEARINGS
Check wheel bearing axial end play. Refer to FAX-5, "On-Vehicle Inspection and Service" (front), RAX-6,
"Rear Axle Bearing" (C200 rear), or RAX-18, "Rear Axle Bearing" (M226 rear).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 5
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary. Refer to FAX-8, "Removal and Installation" (front), RAX-12,
"Removal and Installation" (C200 rear), or RAX-23, "Removal and Installation" (M226 rear).
5.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connec-
tor and wheel sensor connector of malfunction code No.
2. Check continuity between wheel sensor connector terminals
and ground.

Continuity should not exist.


Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 6
NO >> Repair the circuit.
AWFIA0188ZZ

6.CHECK WIRING HARNESS FOR OPEN CIRCUIT


1. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and the malfunctioning
wheel sensor connector.

ABS actuator and


Wheel sensor
Wheel sensor electric unit (control unit) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
45 1
Front LH E18
46 2
34 1
Front RH E117
33 2
E127 Yes
36 1
Rear LH C11
37 2
43 1
Rear RH C10
42 2
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Instal-
lation".
NO >> Repair the circuit.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710821

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR


On “DATA MONITOR”, select “FR LH SENSOR”, “FR RH SENSOR”, “RR LH SENSOR”, and “RR RH SEN-
SOR”, and check the vehicle speed.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-166 2015 Frontier NAM


C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL]
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

Wheel sensor Vehicle speed (DATA MONITOR) A


FR LH SENSOR
FR RH SENSOR Nearly matches the speedometer dis- B
RR LH SENSOR play (±10% or less)

RR RH SENSOR
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-165, "Diagnosis Procedure".
D
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710822

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION E


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".
BRC

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR G
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".
H
>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-167 2015 Frontier NAM


C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000010710823

The stop lamp switch transmits the stop lamp switch signal (ON/OFF) to the ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710824

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Harness or connector
• Stop lamp switch
C1116 STOP LAMP SW When stop lamp switch circuit is open.
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
STOP LAMP SW
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-168, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710825

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
2.STOP LAMP SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Connect the stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check the voltage between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 39
and body ground.

Brake pedal depressed : Battery voltage


(approx. 12V)
Brake pedal released : Approx. 0V
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 3
3.STOP LAMP SWITCH CIRCUIT INSPECTION
1. Disconnect the stop lamp switch connector.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-168 2015 Frontier NAM


C1116 STOP LAMP SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
2. Check the continuity between the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 39
and stop lamp switch connector E39 terminal 2. A

Continuity should exist.


Is the inspection result normal? B
YES >> Refer to BRC-119, "Work Flow".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
C
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710826

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION D


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".
E

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR BRC
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".
G
>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-169 2015 Frontier NAM


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL
Description INFOID:0000000010710827

The solenoid valve increases, holds or decreases the fluid pressure of each brake caliper according to the sig-
nals transmitted by the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710828

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


When the control unit detects a malfunction in the front
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL
LH inlet solenoid circuit.
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the front
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL
RH inlet solenoid circuit. • ABS actuator and electric unit
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the rear LH (control unit)
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL
inlet solenoid circuit.
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the rear
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL
RH inlet solenoid circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
FR LH IN ABS SOL
FR RH IN ABS SOL
RR LH IN ABS SOL
RR RH IN ABS SOL
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710829

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-170 2015 Frontier NAM


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 32 and
ground. A

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal B
E127 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal? C
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT D
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.
E
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
BRC
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa- G
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710830 H

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST


1. Select each test menu item on “ACTIVE TEST”. I
2. On the display, touch “Up”, “Keep”, and “Down”, and check that the system operates as shown in the table
below.
J
ABS solenoid valve
Operation
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On K
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL L
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On* M
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
N
*: ON for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End O
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-170, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710831

P
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2

Revision: August 2014 BRC-171 2015 Frontier NAM


C1120, C1122, C1124, C1126 IN ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR


Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-172 2015 Frontier NAM


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710832

The solenoid valve increases, holds or decreases the fluid pressure of each brake caliper according to the sig- B
nals transmitted by the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710833

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


When the control unit detects a malfunction in the front
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL
LH outlet solenoid circuit.
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the front E
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL
RH outlet solenoid circuit. • ABS actuator and electric unit
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the rear LH (control unit)
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL
outlet solenoid circuit. BRC
When the control unit detects a malfunction in the rear
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL
RH outlet solenoid circuit.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS


Check the self-diagnosis results. H

Self-diagnosis results
FR LH OUT ABS SOL I
FR RH OUT ABS SOL
RR LH OUT ABS SOL
J
RR RH OUT ABS SOL
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710834
L

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST". M

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION N
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair O
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)". P
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector.
2.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-173 2015 Frontier NAM


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 32 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E127 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710835

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST


1. Select each test menu item on “ACTIVE TEST”.
2. On the display, touch “Up”, “Keep”, and “Down”, and check that the system operates as shown in the table
below.

ABS solenoid valve


Operation
Up Keep Down
FR RH IN SOL Off On On
FR RH SOL
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
FR LH IN SOL Off On On
FR LH SOL
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR RH IN SOL Off On On
RR RH SOL
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off On*
RR LH IN SOL Off On On
RR LH SOL
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off On*
*: ON for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-173, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710836

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2

Revision: August 2014 BRC-174 2015 Frontier NAM


C1121, C1123, C1125, C1127 OUT ABS SOL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR A


Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".
B
>> END

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-175 2015 Frontier NAM


C1130, C1131, C1132, C1133, C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1130, C1131, C1132, C1133, C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL
Description INFOID:0000000010710837

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and ECM exchange the engine signal with CAN communication
line.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710838

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1
• Harness or connector
C1131 ENGINE SIGNAL 2
Based on the signal from ECM, ABS actuator and electric • ABS actuator and electric unit
C1132 ENGINE SIGNAL 3 unit (control unit) judges that engine fuel cut system is (control unit)
malfunctioning. • ECM
C1133 ENGINE SIGNAL 4
• CAN communication line
C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL 6

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
ENGINE SIGNAL 1
ENGINE SIGNAL 2
ENGINE SIGNAL 3
ENGINE SIGNAL 4
ENGINE SIGNAL 6
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-176, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710839

1.CHECK ENGINE SYSTEM


1. Perform ECM self-diagnosis. Repair or replace items indicated, then perform ECM self-diagnosis again.
Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
2. Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Func-
tion (ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Repair or replace the affected part.
NO >> Inspection End

Revision: August 2014 BRC-176 2015 Frontier NAM


C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710840

Activates or deactivates each solenoid valve according to the signals transmitted by the ABS actuator and B
electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710841

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


• Harness or connector
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY ABS actuator relay or circuit malfunction. • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS BRC
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results G
ACTUATOR RLY
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
H
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710842 I

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT J
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION K

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. L
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)". M
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector. N
2.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. O
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 32 and
ground.
P
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
E127 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3

Revision: August 2014 BRC-177 2015 Frontier NAM


C1140 ACTUATOR RLY
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710843

1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST


1. On “ACTIVE TEST”, select “ABS MOTOR”.
2. Touch On and Off on screen. Make sure motor relay and actuator relay operate as shown in table below.

Operation On Off
MOTOR RELAY On Off
ACTUATOR RLY On On
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-177, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710844

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-178 2015 Frontier NAM


C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710845

The steering angle sensor detects the rotation amount, angular velocity and direction of the steering wheel, B
and transmits the data to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710846

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


Neutral position of steering angle sensor is dislocated, or • Harness or connector
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
the steering angle sensor is malfunctioning. • Steering angle sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit E
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL Neutral position of steering angle sensor is not finished. (control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS BRC

Check the self-diagnosis results.


G
Self-diagnosis results
ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
ST ANG SEN SIGNAL H
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End I

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710847

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST". K

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION L
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Disconnect steering angle sensor connector.
4. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair M
or replace terminals.
5. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)". N
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector. O
2.CHECK STEERING ANGLE SENSOR HARNESS
P

Revision: August 2014 BRC-179 2015 Frontier NAM


C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect steering angle sensor connector.
3. Check continuity between steering angle sensor connector M47
terminal 1 and ground.

Steering angle sensor


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M47 1 Ground Yes

AWFIA0447ZZ

4. Turn ignition switch ON.


5. Check voltage between steering angle sensor connector M47
terminal 2 and ground.

Steering angle sensor


— Voltage
Connector Terminal
M47 2 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. AWFIA0448ZZ

3.CHECK DATA MONITOR


Perform the steering angle sensor component inspection. Refer to BRC-180, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace steering angle sensor and adjust neutral position of steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-
235, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710848

1.CHECK DATA MONITOR


Select “STR ANGLE SIG” in “DATA MONITOR” and check steering angle sensor signal.

Steering condition STR ANGLE SIG (DATA MONITOR)


Driving straight 0±3.5 °
Turn 90 ° to left Approx. +90 °
Turn 90 ° to right Approx. −90 °
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-179, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710849

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR

Revision: August 2014 BRC-180 2015 Frontier NAM


C1143, C1144 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description". A

>> END
B

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-181 2015 Frontier NAM


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Description INFOID:0000000010710850

The brake fluid level switch converts the brake fluid level to an electric signal and transmits it to the ABS actu-
ator and electric unit (control unit).
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710851

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


Brake fluid level is low or communication line between • Harness or connector
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and brake • Brake fluid level switch
fluid level switch is open or shorted. • Brake fluid level

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
BR FLUID LEVEL LOW
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-182, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710852

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and brake fluid level switch connector.
2. Check the terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness or damage.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Repair or replace as necessary.
2.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC
UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
1. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 Terminal 28 and
brake fluid level switch connector E21 terminal 1.

ABS actuator and electric unit


Brake fluid level switch
(control unit) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E127 28 E21 1 Yes
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 Terminal 28 and
ground.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-182 2015 Frontier NAM


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) A


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 28 Ground No
B
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components. C
3.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH GROUND
Check continuity between brake fluid level switch connector E21 ter-
minal 2 and ground. D

Brake fluid level switch


— Continuity E
Connector Terminal
E21 2 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal? BRC
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
AWFIA0026ZZ
G
4.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
Perform the brake fluid level switch component inspection. Refer to BRC-183, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? H
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis again. If the same results appear, replace ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Replace brake fluid level switch. I
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710853

1.CHECK BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH J

1. Turn ignition switch OFF.


2. Disconnect brake fluid level switch connector.
3. Check continuity between brake fluid level switch terminals. K

Brake fluid level


switch terminal
Condition Continuity L
Brake fluid reservoir is full. No
1−2
Brake fluid reservoir is empty. Yes
M
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Replace brake fluid level switch. N
ALFIA0026ZZ

Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710854

O
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU- P
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-183 2015 Frontier NAM


C1155 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-184 2015 Frontier NAM


C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710855

The steering angle sensor is connected to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) in addition to CAN B
lines. CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle
multiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many
electronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected C
with 2 communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less
wiring. Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
D
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710856

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
When steering angle sensor is not transmitting CAN • CAN communication line BRC
C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR communication signal to the ABS actuator and electric • Steering angle sensor
unit (control unit). • ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS H
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results I
ST ANG SEN COM CIR
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
J
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-185, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710857 K

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals. M
4. Reconnect connector and perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".

Self-diagnosis results
N
CAN COMM CIRCUIT
ST ANG SEN COM CIR
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display? O
YES >> Refer to LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Inspection End
P

Revision: August 2014 BRC-185 2015 Frontier NAM


C1160 DECEL G SEN SET
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET
Description INFOID:0000000010710858

The yaw rate/side/decel G sensor detects the yaw rate/side/decel G affecting the vehicle, and transmits the
data to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) as an analog voltage signal.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710859

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


• Decel G sensor calibration
• Yaw rate/side/decel G sensor
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET ABS decel G sensor adjustment is incomplete.
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
DECEL G SEN SET
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-186, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710860

1.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".

Self-diagnosis results
DECEL G SEN SET
Do self-diagnosis results indicate anything other than shown above?
YES >> Perform repair or replacement for the item indicated.
NO >> Perform calibration of decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
: Description". GO TO 2
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS AGAIN
1. Turn the ignition switch to OFF and then to ON and erase self-diagnosis results. Refer to BRC-146, "CON-
SULT Function (ABS)".
2. Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis again. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT
Function (ABS)".
Are any self-diagnosis results displayed?
YES >> Replace yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-236, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Inspection End

Revision: August 2014 BRC-186 2015 Frontier NAM


C1163 ST ANGLE SEN SAFE
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1163 ST ANGLE SEN SAFE
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710861

The steering angle sensor detects the rotation amount, angular velocity and direction of the steering wheel, B
and transmits the data to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710862

C
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause D


• Adjust steering angle sensor
C1163 ST ANGL SEN SAFE When steering angle sensor is in safe mode.
neutral position
E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results. BRC

Self-diagnosis results
ST ANGL SEN SAFE
G

Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?


YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-187, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710863

I
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Adjust steering angle sensor neutral position. Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE
SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Description". J

>> GO TO 2
K
2.INDICATOR LAMP CHECK
Check that VDC OFF indicator lamp is off.
Is VDC OFF indicator lamp off? L
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CON-
SULT Function (ABS)". M

Revision: August 2014 BRC-187 2015 Frontier NAM


C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYSTEM
Description INFOID:0000000010710864

CV1, CV2 (CUT VALVE)


The cut valve shuts off the normal brake fluid path from the master cylinder, when VDC/TCS is activated.
SV1, SV2 (SUCTION VALVE)
The suction valve supplies the brake fluid from the master cylinder to the pump, when VDC/TCS is activated.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710865

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


VDC switch-over solenoid valve (CV1) on the primary
C1164 CV1 side is open circuit or shorted, or the control line is open
or shorted to the power supply or the ground.
VDC switch-over solenoid valve (CV2) on the primary
C1165 CV2 side is open circuit or shorted, or the control line is open
or shorted to the power supply or the ground. • Harness or connector
• ABS actuator and electric unit
VDC switch-over solenoid valve (SV1) on the primary (control unit)
C1166 SV1 side is open circuit or shorted, or the control line is open
or shorted to the power supply or the ground.
VDC switch-over solenoid valve (SV2) on the primary
C1167 SV2 side is open circuit or shorted, or the control line is open
or shorted to the power supply or the ground.

DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE


1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results
CV1
CV2
SV1
SV2
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710866

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connectors and then perform the self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is any item indicated on the self-diagnosis display?
Revision: August 2014 BRC-188 2015 Frontier NAM
C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Poor connection of connector terminals. Repair or replace connector. A
2.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
B
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check voltage between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 32 and
ground.
C
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Voltage
Connector Terminal
D
E127 32 Ground Battery voltage
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3 E
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK SOLENOID, VDC SWITCH-OVER VALVE AND ACTUATOR RELAY GROUND CIRCUIT
BRC
Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminals 16, 47 and
ground.

G
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 16, 47 Ground Yes H
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion". I
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710867
J
1.CHECK ACTIVE TEST
1. Select each test menu item on “ACTIVE TEST”.
K
2. On the display, touch “Up”, “ACT UP”, and “ACT KEEP”, and check that the system operates as shown in
the table below.

ABS solenoid valve (ACT) L


Operation
Up ACT UP ACT KEEP
FR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT) M
FR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off
FR LH IN SOL Off Off Off
FR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
FR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off N
RR RH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR RH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR RH OUT SOL Off Off Off
O
RR LH IN SOL Off Off Off
RR LH ABS SOLENOID (ACT)
RR LH OUT SOL Off Off Off
*: ON for 1 to 2 seconds after the touch, and then OFF P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-188, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710868

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Revision: August 2014 BRC-189 2015 Frontier NAM
C1164, C1165, C1166, C1167 CV/SV SYSTEM
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-190 2015 Frontier NAM


C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
C1187 DIFFERENTIAL LOCK CONTROL UNIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710869

The differential lock control unit is connected to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN lines. B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2 C
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
D
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710870

DTC DETECTION LOGIC


E
DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause
• Harness or connector
• CAN communication line BRC
ABS DIFLOCK CONTROL-
C1187 Differential lock controller malfunction. • Differential lock control unit
LER NG
• ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit)
G
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS H
Check the self-diagnosis results.

Self-diagnosis results I
ABS DIFLOCK CONTROLLER NG
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
J
YES >> Proceed to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-191, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Inspection End
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710871 K

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. L
2. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals. M
4. Reconnect connector and perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".

Self-diagnosis results
N
ABS DIFLOCK CONTROLLER NG
Is above displayed on the self-diagnosis display?
YES >> Refer to LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". O
NO >> Inspection End

Revision: August 2014 BRC-191 2015 Frontier NAM


U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
Description INFOID:0000000010710872

CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time application. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Many elec-
tronic control units are equipped onto a vehicle, and each control unit shares information and links with other
control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected with 2
communication lines (CAN H line, CAN L line) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads required data only.
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000010710873

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Display item Malfunction detected condition Possible cause


When ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is not • CAN communication line
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT transmitting or receiving CAN communication signal for 2 • ABS actuator and electric unit
seconds or more. (control unit)

Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710874

1.CONNECTOR INSPECTION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
3. Check terminals for deformation, disconnection, looseness, and so on. If any malfunction is found, repair
or replace terminals.
4. Reconnect connector and perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
Is “CAN COMM CIRCUIT” displayed in self-diagnosis display items?
YES >> Print out the self-diagnostic results, and refer to LAN-14, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Connector terminal is loose, damaged, open, or shorted.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-192 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710875

The hill descent control switch activates (turn ON) the hill descent control function when the hill descent con- B
trol switch is pressed.
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710876

C
1.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH OPERATION
Turn ON/OFF the hill descent control switch and check that the hill descent control indicator lamp in the com-
bination meter turns ON/OFF correctly. D

Hill descent control indicator lamp illumina-


Condition E
tion status
Hill descent control switch: ON ON
Hill descent control switch: OFF OFF
BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-193, "Diagnosis Procedure".
G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710877

H
Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST".
I

1.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH


Perform the hill descent control switch component inspection. Refer to BRC-194, "Component Inspection". J
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Replace hill descent control switch. K
2.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH HARNESS
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector. L
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 25 and hill
descent control switch connector M155 terminal 2.

M
ABS actuator and electric unit
Hill descent control switch
(control unit) Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
N
E127 25 M155 2 Yes
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 25 and
ground. O

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)


— Continuity
Connector Terminal P
E127 25 Ground No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH GROUND
Revision: August 2014 BRC-193 2015 Frontier NAM
HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Check continuity between hill descent control switch connector
M155 terminal 1 and ground.

Hill descent control switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M155 1 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
AWFIA0220ZZ

4.CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710878

1.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect hill descent control switch connector.
3. Check continuity between hill descent control switch terminals.

Hill descent control


Condition Continuity
switch terminals
Hill descent control switch is ON. Yes
1−2
Hill descent control switch is OFF. No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Replace hill descent control switch.
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710879

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-194 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
VDC OFF SWITCH
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710880

VDC OFF switch can deactivate (turn OFF) the VDC/TCS function by pressing the VDC OFF switch. B
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710881

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH OPERATION C


Press and release the VDC OFF switch, then press and release the VDC OFF switch again and check that the
VDC OFF indicator lamp in the combination meter turns ON/OFF correctly.
D
Condition VDC OFF indicator lamp illumination status
VDC OFF switch: pressed and released ON
E
VDC OFF switch: pressed and released OFF
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End BRC
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710882
G

Regarding Wiring Diagram information, refer to BRC-210, "Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT
CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST". H

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH I


Perform the VDC OFF switch component inspection. Refer to BRC-196, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal?
J
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Replace VDC OFF switch.
2.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH HARNESS K
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 6 and
VDC OFF switch connector M154 terminal 1. L

ABS actuator and electric unit


VDC OFF switch
(control unit) Continuity M
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
E127 6 M154 1 Yes
3. Check continuity between ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector E127 terminal 6 and N
ground.

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) O


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
E127 6 Ground No
P
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
3.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH GROUND

Revision: August 2014 BRC-195 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC OFF SWITCH
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Check continuity between VDC OFF switch connector M154 terminal
2 and ground.

VDC OFF switch


— Continuity
Connector Terminal
M154 2 Ground Yes
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> Repair or replace harness.
AWFIA0031ZZ

4.CHECK COMBINATION METER


Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000010710883

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH


1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Disconnect VDC OFF switch connector.
3. Check continuity between VDC OFF switch terminals.

VDC OFF switch terminals Condition Continuity


VDC OFF switch pressed. Yes
1−2
VDC OFF switch released. No
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Replace VDC OFF switch.
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710884

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-196 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
ABS WARNING LAMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710885

×: ON –: OFF B
Condition ABS warning lamp
Ignition switch OFF –
For 2 seconds after turning ON ignition switch × C
2 seconds later after turning ON ignition switch –
ABS function is malfunctioning. ×
D
EBD function is malfunctioning. ×

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710886


E
1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP OPERATION
Check that the lamp illuminates for approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON. BRC
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-197, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710887

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS H
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal? I
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
J
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion". K
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion". L
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710888

M
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU- N
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2 O

2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR


Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). P
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-197 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE WARNING LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
BRAKE WARNING LAMP
Description INFOID:0000000010710889

×: ON –: OFF

Condition Brake warning lamp (Note 1)


Ignition switch OFF –
Ignition switch ON × (Note 2)
EBD function is malfunctioning. ×
NOTE:
• 1: Brake warning lamp will turn on in case of parking brake operation (when switch is ON) or of brake fluid level switch operation
(when brake fluid is insufficient).
• 2: After starting engine, brake warning lamp is turned off.

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710890

1.BRAKE WARNING LAMP OPERATION CHECK


Check that the lamp illuminates after the ignition switch is turned ON, and turns OFF after the engine is
started.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-198, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710891

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710892

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-198 2015 Frontier NAM


HILL DESCENT CONTROL INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
HILL DESCENT CONTROL INDICATOR LAMP
A
Description INFOID:0000000010710893

×: ON –: OFF B
Condition Hill descent control indicator lamp
Ignition switch OFF –
For 2 seconds after turning ON ignition switch × C
2 seconds later after turning ON ignition switch –
Hill descent control function is malfunctioning. –
D
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710894

1.CHECK HILL DESCENT CONTROL INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION E


Check that the lamp illuminates for approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-199, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710895 G

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function H
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2 I
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER J
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal? K
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
L
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710896

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION M


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description". N

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR O

Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".
P

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-199 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
Description INFOID:0000000010710897

×: ON –: OFF

Condition VDC OFF indicator lamp


Ignition switch OFF –
For 2 seconds after turning ON ignition switch ×
2 seconds later after turning ON ignition switch –
VDC OFF switch turned ON. (VDC function is OFF.) ×
VDC/TCS function is malfunctioning. ×
ABS function is malfunctioning. ×
EBD function is malfunctioning. ×

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710898

1.VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION CHECK 1


Check that the lamp illuminates for approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-200, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION CHECK 2
Check that the VDC OFF indicator lamp in the combination meter turns ON/OFF correctly when operating the
VDC OFF switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710899

1.CHECK VDC OFF SWITCH


Check that the VDC OFF indicator lamp in the combination meter turns ON/OFF correctly when operating the
VDC OFF switch.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check VDC OFF switch. Refer to BRC-195, "Diagnosis Procedure".
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
3.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-200 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC OFF INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710900

A
1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION
Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU- B
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2 C

2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR


Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). D
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END E

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-201 2015 Frontier NAM


SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
SLIP INDICATOR LAMP
Description INFOID:0000000010710901

×: ON –: OFF

Condition SLIP indicator lamp


Ignition switch OFF –
For 2 seconds after turning ON ignition switch ×
2 seconds later after turning ON ignition switch –
VDC/TCS function is malfunctioning. ×
ABS function is malfunctioning. ×
EBD function is malfunctioning. ×

Component Function Check INFOID:0000000010710902

1.CHECK SLIP INDICATOR LAMP OPERATION


Check that the lamp illuminates for approximately 2 seconds after the ignition switch is turned ON.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End
NO >> Go to diagnosis procedure. Refer to BRC-202, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710903

1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check items displayed by self-diagnosis.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Check if the indication and operation of combination meter are normal. Refer to MWI-25, "Diagnosis Descrip-
tion".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion".
NO >> Replace combination meter. Refer to MWI-91, "Removal and Installation".
Special Repair Requirement INFOID:0000000010710904

1.ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION


Always perform neutral position adjustment for the steering angle sensor when replacing the ABS actuator
and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEU-
TRAL POSITION : Description".

>> GO TO 2
2.CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR
Always perform calibration of decel G sensor when replacing the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
Refer to BRC-124, "CALIBRATION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Description".

>> END

Revision: August 2014 BRC-202 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]

ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A


APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710905
B

Service information Remarks


C
TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS
D

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-203 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Reference Value INFOID:0000000010710906

VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL


CAUTION:
The display shows the control unit calculation data, so a normal value might be displayed even in the
event the output circuit (harness) is open or short-circuited.
CONSULT MONITOR ITEM
Data monitor
Monitor item Display content Reference value in
Condition
normal operation
0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle stopped
FR LH SENSOR Wheel speed Nearly matches the speed meter display Vehicle running
(± 10% or less) (Note 1)
0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle stopped
FR RH SENSOR Wheel speed Nearly matches the speed meter display Vehicle running
(± 10% or less) (Note 1)
0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle stopped
RR LH SENSOR Wheel speed Nearly matches the speed meter display Vehicle running
(± 10% or less) (Note 1)
0 [km/h (MPH)] Vehicle stopped
RR RH SENSOR Wheel speed Nearly matches the speed meter display Vehicle running
(± 10% or less) (Note 1)

Longitudinal acceleration detected by Decel Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 G


DECEL G-SEN
G-Sensor Vehicle running -1.7 to 1.7 G
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
FR RH IN SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
FR RH OUT SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
FR LH IN SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
FR LH OUT SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)

Revision: August 2014 BRC-204 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
Data monitor
Monitor item Display content A
Reference value in
Condition
normal operation
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On B
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
RR RH IN SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off C
tion switch ON)
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On D
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
RR RH OUT SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON) E
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode) BRC
RR LH IN SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON) G
Actuator (solenoid valve) is active (“AC-
TIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or actuator On
relay is inactive (in fail-safe mode)
RR LH OUT SOL Operation status of each solenoid valve H
When the actuator (solenoid valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
I
When EBD warning lamp is ON On
EBD WARN LAMP EBD warning lamp
When EBD warning lamp is OFF Off
When brake pedal is depressed On J
STOP LAMP SW Stop lamp switch signal status
When brake pedal is released Off
When the motor relay and motor are op-
On
erating K
MOTOR RELAY Motor and motor relay operation
When the motor relay and motor are not
Off
operating
When the actuator relay is operating On L
ACTUATOR RLY Actuator relay operation
When the actuator relay is not operating Off

ABS warning lamp When ABS warning lamp is ON On


ABS WARN LAMP
(Note 2)
M
When ABS warning lamp is OFF Off

VDC OFF indicator lamp When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON On


OFF LAMP
(Note 2) When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF Off N
VDC OFF switch ON
On
(When VDC OFF indicator lamp is ON)
OFF SW VDC OFF switch ON/OFF
VDC OFF switch OFF O
Off
(When VDC OFF indicator lamp is OFF)

SLIP indicator lamp When SLIP indicator lamp is ON On


SLIP LAMP
(Note 2) When SLIP indicator lamp is OFF Off P
Battery voltage supplied to the ABS actuator
BATTERY VOLT Ignition switch ON 10 – 16 V
and electric unit (control unit)
1st gear 1
2nd gear 2
GEAR Gear position determined by TCM 3rd gear 3
4th gear 4
5th gear 5

Revision: August 2014 BRC-205 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
Data monitor
Monitor item Display content Reference value in
Condition
normal operation
P position P
R position R
SLCT LVR POSI A/T selector lever position
N position N
D position D
With engine stopped 0 rpm

ENGINE SPEED With engine running Almost in accor-


Engine running dance with tachome-
ter display

Yaw rate detected by yaw rate/side/decel G When vehicle is stopped Approx. 0 d/s
YAW RATE SEN
sensor When vehicle turning −75 to 75 d/s
A/T shift position = R position On
R POSI SIG PNP switch signal ON/OFF condition
A/T shift position = other than R position Off
A/T shift position = N position On
N POSI SIG PNP switch signal ON/OFF condition
A/T shift position = other than N position Off
A/T shift position = P position On
P POSI SIG PNP switch signal ON/OFF condition
A/T shift position = other than P position Off
When actuator (switch-over valve) is ac-
tive (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or
On
actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-
CV1 VDC switch-over valve safe mode)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is ac-
tive (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or
On
actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-
CV2 VDC switch-over valve safe mode)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is ac-
tive (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or
On
actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-
SV1 VDC switch-over valve safe mode)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is ac-
tive (“ACTIVE TEST” with CONSULT) or
On
actuator relay is inactive (when in fail-
SV2 VDC switch-over valve safe mode)
When actuator (switch-over valve) is not
active and actuator relay is active (igni- Off
tion switch ON)
2WD model 2WD
2WD/4WD Drive axle
4WD model 4WD
Accelerator pedal not depressed (ignition
0%
Throttle actuator opening/closing is dis- switch is ON)
ACCEL POS SIG
played (linked with accelerator pedal) Accelerator pedal depressed (ignition
0 - 100 %
switch is ON)

Revision: August 2014 BRC-206 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
Data monitor
Monitor item Display content A
Reference value in
Condition
normal operation
Vehicle stopped Approx. 0 m/s2
B
Negative value
Vehicle turning right
SIDE G-SENSOR Transverse G detected by side G sensor (m/s2)
Positive value C
Vehicle turning left
(m/s2)

Steering angle detected by steering angle Straight-ahead Approx. 0±2.5°


STR ANGLE SIG
sensor Steering wheel turned –720 to 720° D
With ignition switch turned ON and brake
Approx. 0 bar
Brake fluid pressure detected by front pres- pedal released
PRESS SENSOR E
sure sensor With ignition switch turned ON and brake
–40 to 300 bar
pedal depressed
EBD is active On
EBD SIGNAL EBD operation BRC
EBD is inactive Off
ABS is active On
ABS SIGNAL ABS operation
ABS is inactive Off G
TCS is active On
TCS SIGNAL TCS operation
TCS is inactive Off
VDC is active On H
VDC SIGNAL VDC operation
VDC is inactive Off
In ABS fail-safe On
ABS FAIL SIG ABS fail-safe signal I
ABS is normal Off
In TCS fail-safe On
TCS FAIL SIG TCS fail-safe signal
TCS is normal Off J
In VDC fail-safe On
VDC FAIL SIG VDC fail-safe signal
VDC is normal Off
K
Crank is active On
CRANKING SIG Crank operation
Crank is inactive Off
When brake fluid level switch ON On L
FLUID LEV SW Brake fluid level switch signal status
When brake fluid level switch OFF Off
When hill descent control is operating On
STP ON RLY Stop lamp on relay status M
When hill descent control is not operating Off
Hill descent control switch ON On
DDS SW (Note 3) Hill descent control switch ON/OFF
Hill descent control switch OFF Off N
Hill descent control is active On
DDS SIG (Note 3) Hill descent control operation
Hill descent control is inactive Off
Hill start assist is active On O
USS SIG (Note 4) Hill start assist operation
Hill start assist is inactive Off
NOTE:
P
• 1: Confirm tire pressure is normal.
• 2: On and off timing for warning lamp and indicator lamp.
- ABS warning lamp: Refer to BRC-78, "Description".
- Brake warning lamp: Refer to BRC-79, "Description".
- VDC OFF indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-80, "Description".
- SLIP indicator lamp: Refer to BRC-82, "Description".
• 3: The CONSULT will display DDS (Downhill Drive Support) when referring to the Hill Descent Control system.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-207 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
• 4: The CONSULT will display USS (Uphill Start Support) when referring to the Hill Start Assist system.

TERMINAL LAYOUT

AWFIA1067ZZ

Fail-Safe INFOID:0000000010710907

CAUTION:
If the Fail-Safe function is activated, perform Self Diagnosis for ABS/TCS/VDC system.
ABS/EBD SYSTEM
In case of an electrical malfunction with the ABS, the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP
indicator lamp will turn on. In case of an electrical malfunction with the EBD system, the BRAKE warning lamp,
ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp will turn on.
The system will revert to one of the following conditions of the Fail-Safe function.
1. For ABS malfunction, only the EBD is operative and the condition of the vehicle is the same condition of
vehicles without ABS/TCS/VDC system.
2. For EBD malfunction, the EBD and ABS become inoperative, and the condition of the vehicle is the same
as the condition of vehicles without ABS/TCS/VDC or EBD system.
HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST SYSTEM
In case of hill descent control system malfunction, the hill descent control indicator lamp will remain off even
though the hill descent control switch is operated and the condition of the vehicle is the same as the condition
of vehicles without hill descent control system.
In case of hill start assist system malfunction, the VDC OFF and SLIP indicator lamps are turned on and the
condition of the vehicle is the same as the condition of vehicles without hill start assist system.
VDC/TCS SYSTEM
In case of TCS/VDC system malfunction, the VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp are turned on
and the condition of the vehicle is the same as the condition of vehicles without TCS/VDC system. In case of
an electrical malfunction with the TCS/VDC system, the ABS control continues to operate normally without
TCS/VDC control.
DTC No. Index INFOID:0000000010710908

DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference


C1101 RR RH SENSOR-1
C1102 RR LH SENSOR-1
BRC-35, "DTC Logic"
C1103 FR RH SENSOR-1
C1104 FR LH SENSOR-1
C1105 RR RH SENSOR-2
C1106 RR LH SENSOR-2
BRC-39, "DTC Logic"
C1107 FR RH SENSOR-2
C1108 FR LH SENSOR-2
C1109 BATTERY VOLTAGE [ABNORMAL] BRC-158, "Description"
C1110 CONTROLLER FAILURE BRC-160, "DTC Logic"
C1111 PUMP MOTOR BRC-161, "Description"
C1113 G-SENSOR BRC-163, "Description"

Revision: August 2014 BRC-208 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [TYPE 2]
DTC Items (CONSULT screen terms) Reference
A
C1115 ABS SENSOR [ABNORMAL SIGNAL] BRC-165, "Description"
C1116 STOP LAMP SW BRC-168, "Description"
C1120 FR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-170, "Description" B
C1121 FR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-173, "Description"
C1122 FR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-170, "Description"
C1123 FR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-173, "Description" C
C1124 RR LH IN ABS SOL BRC-170, "Description"
C1125 RR LH OUT ABS SOL BRC-173, "Description"
D
C1126 RR RH IN ABS SOL BRC-170, "Description"
C1127 RR RH OUT ABS SOL BRC-173, "Description"
C1130 ENGINE SIGNAL 1 E
C1131 ENGINE SIGNAL 2
C1132 ENGINE SIGNAL 3 BRC-176, "Description"
BRC
C1133 ENGINE SIGNAL 4
C1136 ENGINE SIGNAL 6
C1140 ACTUATOR RLY BRC-177, "Description" G
C1143 ST ANG SEN CIRCUIT
BRC-179, "Description"
C1144 ST ANG SEN SIGNAL
H
C1145 YAW RATE SENSOR
BRC-163, "Description"
C1146 SIDE G-SEN CIRCUIT
C1155 BR FLUID LEVEL LOW BRC-182, "Description" I
C1156 ST ANG SEN COM CIR BRC-185, "Description"
C1160 DECEL G SEN SET BRC-186, "Description"
C1163 ST ANGL SEN SAFE BRC-187, "Description"
J

C1164 CV1
C1165 CV2
BRC-188, "Description" K
C1166 SV1
C1167 SV2
C1170 VARIANT CODING BRC-160, "DTC Logic" L
C1187 ABS DIFLOCK CONTROLLER NG BRC-191, "Description"
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT BRC-192, "Description"
M

Revision: August 2014 BRC-209 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

WIRING DIAGRAM
BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
Wiring Diagram - VDC WITH HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST
INFOID:0000000010710909

ABFWA0432GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-210 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

BRC

ABFWA0433GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-211 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

ABFIA0896GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-212 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

BRC

ABFIA0897GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-213 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

ABFIA0898GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-214 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

BRC

ABFIA0899GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-215 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

ABFIA0750GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-216 2015 Frontier NAM


BRAKE CONTROL SYSTEM - VDC
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [TYPE 2]

BRC

ABFIA0900GB

Revision: August 2014 BRC-217 2015 Frontier NAM


APPLICATION NOTICE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
APPLICATION NOTICE
Application Notice INFOID:0000000010710910

Service information Remarks


TYPE 1 VDC/TCS/ABS
TYPE 2 HILL DESCENT CONTROL/HILL START ASSIST/VDC/TCS/ABS

Revision: August 2014 BRC-218 2015 Frontier NAM


VDC/TCS/ABS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
VDC/TCS/ABS
A
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000010710911

If ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp turn ON, perform self-diagnosis. B

Symptom Check item Reference


Brake force distribution C
Excessive ABS function operation fre- BRC-220, "Diag-
Looseness of front and rear axle
quency nosis Procedure"
Wheel sensor and rotor system
Brake pedal stroke D
BRC-221, "Diag-
Unexpected pedal reaction
Make sure the braking force is sufficient when the ABS is not operating. nosis Procedure"

BRC-222, "Diag-
The braking distance is long Check stopping distance when the ABS is not operating.
nosis Procedure"
E

BRC-223, "Diag-
ABS function does not operate (Note 1) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
nosis Procedure"
BRC
Pedal vibration or ABS operation sound Brake pedal BRC-224, "Diag-
occurs (Note 2) ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) nosis Procedure"

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) G


Vehicle jerks during VDC/TCS/ABS con- BRC-225, "Diag-
TCM
trol nosis Procedure"
ECM
NOTE:
H
• 1: The ABS does not operate when the speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or less.
• 2: Under the following conditions, ABS is activated and vibration is felt when brake pedal is lightly depressed. However, this is normal.
- When shifting gears I
- When driving on slippery road
- During cornering at high speed
- When passing over bumps or grooves [at approximately 50 mm (1.97 in) or more] J
- When pulling away just after starting engine [at approximately 10 km/h (6 MPH) or higher]

Revision: August 2014 BRC-219 2015 Frontier NAM


EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
EXCESSIVE ABS FUNCTION OPERATION FREQUENCY
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710912

1.CHECK START
Check front and rear brake force distribution using a brake tester.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Check brake system.
2.CHECK FRONT AND REAR AXLE
Make sure that there is no excessive play in the front and rear axles. Refer to front: FAX-5, "On-Vehicle
Inspection and Service", Rear: RAX-6, "Rear Axle Bearing" (C200) or RAX-18, "Rear Axle Bearing" (M226).
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning components.
3.CHECK WHEEL SENSOR AND SENSOR ROTOR
Check the following.
• Wheel sensor installation for damage.
• Sensor rotor installation for damage.
• Wheel sensor connector connection.
• Wheel sensor harness inspection.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> GO TO 4
NO >> • Replace wheel sensor or sensor rotor. Refer to BRC-231, "Removal and Installation" or BRC-
232, "Removal and Installation".
• Repair harness.
4.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP DISPLAY
Make sure that the ABS warning lamp is turned off after the ignition switch is turned ON or when driving.
Is the ABS warning lamp illuminated?
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-220 2015 Frontier NAM


UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
UNEXPECTED PEDAL REACTION
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710913

1.CHECK BRAKE PEDAL STROKE B


Check brake pedal stroke. Refer to BR-17, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the stroke too large?
C
YES >> • Bleed air from brake tube and hose. Refer to BR-19, "Bleeding Brake System".
• Check brake pedal, brake booster, and master cylinder for mount play, looseness, brake system
fluid leakage, etc. Refer to BR-17, "Inspection and Adjustment" (brake pedal), BR-12, "On
Board Inspection" (master cylinder), BR-10, "Inspection" (brake booster). D
NO >> GO TO 2
2.CHECK FUNCTION
E
Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector to deactivate ABS. Check if braking force is
normal in this condition. Connect connector after inspection.
Is the inspection result normal?
BRC
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check brake system.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-221 2015 Frontier NAM


THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
THE BRAKING DISTANCE IS LONG
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710914

CAUTION:
The stopping distance on slippery road surfaces might be longer with the ABS operating than when
the ABS is not operating.
1.CHECK FUNCTION
Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector to deactivate
ABS. In this condition, check stopping distance. After inspection, connect connector.
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Check brake system.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-222 2015 Frontier NAM


ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
ABS FUNCTION DOES NOT OPERATE
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710915

CAUTION: B
ABS does not operate when speed is 10 km/h (6 MPH) or lower.
1.CHECK ABS WARNING LAMP DISPLAY
Make sure that the ABS warning lamp turns OFF after ignition switch is turned ON or when driving. C
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> Perform self-diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)". D

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-223 2015 Frontier NAM


PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
PEDAL VIBRATION OR ABS OPERATION SOUND OCCURS
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710916

CAUTION:
Under the following conditions, ABS is activated and vibration is felt when brake pedal is lightly
depressed. However, this is normal.
• When shifting gears
• When driving on slippery road
• During cornering at high speed
• When passing over bumps or grooves [at approximately 50 mm (1.97 in) or more]
• When pulling away just after starting engine [at approximately 10 km/h (6 MPH) or higher]
1.SYMPTOM CHECK 1
Check that there are pedal vibrations when the engine is started.
Do vibrations occur?
YES >> GO TO 2
NO >> Inspect the brake pedal.
2.SYMPTOM CHECK 2
Check that there are ABS operation noises when the engine is started.
Do the operation noises occur?
YES >> GO TO 3
NO >> Perform self -diagnosis. Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function (ABS)".
3.SYMPTOM CHECK 3
Check symptoms when electrical component (headlamps, etc.) switches are operated.
Do symptoms occur?
YES >> Check if there is a radio, antenna, antenna lead wire, or wiring close to the control unit. If there is,
move it farther away.
NO >> Inspection End.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-224 2015 Frontier NAM


VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
VEHICLE JERKS DURING VDC/TCS/ABS CONTROL
A
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000010710917

1.SYMPTOM CHECK B
Check if the vehicle jerks during VDC/TCS/ABS control.
Is the inspection result normal?
C
YES >> Inspection End.
NO >> GO TO 2
2.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS D
Perform self-diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-146, "CONSULT Function
(ABS)".
Are self-diagnosis results indicated? E
YES >> Check corresponding items, make repairs, and perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) self-diagnosis.
NO >> GO TO 3 BRC
3. CHECK CONNECTOR
• Turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector and check
terminal for deformation, disconnection, looseness, etc. G
• Securely connect connectors and perform ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) self-diagnosis.
Are self-diagnosis results indicated?
YES >> If poor contact, damage, open or short circuit of connector terminal is found, repair or replace. H
NO >> GO TO 4
4.CHECK ECM AND TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
I
Perform ECM and TCM self-diagnosis.
Are self-diagnosis results indicated?
YES >> Check the corresponding items. J
• ECM: Refer to EC-518, "CONSULT Function".
• TCM: Refer to TM-157, "CONSULT Function (TRANSMISSION)".
NO >> Replace ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-233, "Removal and Installa-
tion". K

Revision: August 2014 BRC-225 2015 Frontier NAM


NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [TYPE 2]
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
Description INFOID:0000000010710918

Symptom Result
Slight vibrations are felt on the brake pedal and the operation noises occur, when VDC, TCS or ABS is acti-
vated.
This is a normal condi-
Stopping distance is longer than that of vehicles without ABS when the vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or
tion due to the VDC,
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
TCS or ABS activation.
The brake pedal moves and generates noises, when TCS or VDC is activated due to rapid acceleration or
sharp turn.
This is normal, and it is
The brake pedal vibrates and motor operation noises occur from the engine room, after the engine starts and
caused by the ABS op-
just after the vehicle starts.
eration check.
Depending on the road conditions, the driver may experience a sluggish feel. This is normal, because
TCS places the highest
TCS may activate momentarily if wheel speed changes when driving over location where friction coefficient priority on the optimum
varies, when downshifting, or when fully depressing accelerator pedal. traction (stability).
The ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp may turn ON when the vehicle is
subject to strong shaking or large vibration, such as when the vehicle is rotating on a turntable or located on In this case, restart the
a ship while the engine is running. engine on a normal
road. If the normal con-
VDC may not operate normally or the ABS warning lamp, VDC OFF indicator lamp, and SLIP indicator lamp
dition is restored, there
may illuminate, when running on a special road that is extremely slanted (e.g. bank in a circuit course).
is no malfunction. At
A malfunction may occur in the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor system, when the vehicle turns sharply, such that time, erase the self-
as during a spin turn, axle turn, or drift driving, while the VDC function is off (VDC OFF indicator lamp illumi- diagnosis memory.
nated).
Normal (Deactivate the
VDC/TCS function be-
The vehicle speed will not increase even though the accelerator pedal is depressed, when inspecting the
fore performing an in-
speedometer on a 2-wheel chassis dynamometer.
spection on a chassis
dynamometer.)
This is not a VDC sys-
VDC OFF indicator lamp and SLIP indicator lamp may simultaneously turn on when low tire pressure warn- tem error but results
ing lamp turns on. from characteristic
change of tire.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-226 2015 Frontier NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 2]

PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000010710919

The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the SR and SB section of this Service Man-
ual.
WARNING: E
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision which would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
BRC
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the SR section.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS H
WARNING:
• When working near the Airbag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Airbag System sensors with the Igni-
tion ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) with a I
hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly causing
serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the Ignition OFF, disconnect the J
battery and wait at least three minutes before performing any service.
Precaution for Brake System INFOID:0000000011274775

K
WARNING:
Clean any dust from the front brake and rear brake with a vacuum dust collector. Do not blow with
compressed air. L
• Brake fluid use refer to MA-16, "FOR USA AND CANADA : Fluids and Lubricants". (United States and Can-
ada) and MA-19, "FOR MEXICO : Fluids and Lubricants" (Mexico).
• Do not reuse drained brake fluid.
• Do not spill or splash brake fluid on painted surfaces. Brake fluid may seriously damage paint. Wipe it off M
immediately and wash with water if it gets on a painted surface.
• Always confirm the specified tightening torque when installing the brake pipes.
• After pressing the brake pedal more deeply or harder than normal driving, such as air bleeding, inspect the N
brake pedal height and play. Adjust brake pedal if it is outside the standard value.
• Always clean with new brake fluid when cleaning the brake caliper and other components.
• Do not use mineral oils such as gasoline or light oil to clean. They may damage rubber parts and cause
improper operation. O
• Always loosen the brake tube flare nut with a flare nut wrench.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-227 2015 Frontier NAM


PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 2]
• Tighten the brake tube flare nut to the specified torque with a crow-
foot (A) and torque wrench (B).
• Brake system is an important safety part. If a brake fluid leak is
detected, always disassemble the affected part. If a malfunction is
detected, replace part with a new one.
• Always connect the battery terminals when moving the vehicle.
• Check that no brake fluid leakage is present after replacing the
parts.
• Burnish the brake contact surfaces after refinishing or replacing
disc brake rotors, after replacing brake pads, or if a soft pedal
occurs at very low mileage.
JPFIA0001ZZ
- Front brake pad: Refer to BR-7, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection".
- Front disc brake rotor: Refer to BR-7, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection".
- Rear brake pad: Refer to BR-9, "BRAKE PAD : Inspection".
- Rear disc brake rotor: Refer to BR-9, "DISC ROTOR : Inspection".
Precaution for Brake Control INFOID:0000000010710921

• During ABS operation, the brake pedal may vibrate lightly and a mechanical noise may be heard. This is
normal.
• Just after starting vehicle, the brake pedal may vibrate or a motor operating noise may be heard from engine
compartment. This is a normal status of operation check.
• Stopping distance may be longer than that of vehicles without ABS when vehicle drives on rough, gravel, or
snow-covered (fresh, deep snow) roads.
• When an error is indicated by ABS or another warning lamp, collect all necessary information from customer
(what symptoms are present under what conditions) and check for simple causes before starting diagnosis.
Besides electrical system inspection, check brake booster operation, brake fluid level, and fluid leaks.
• If incorrect tire sizes or types are installed on the vehicle or brake pads are not Genuine NISSAN parts, stop-
ping distance or steering stability may deteriorate.
• If there is a radio, antenna or related wiring near control module, ABS function may have a malfunction or
error.
• If aftermarket parts (car stereo, CD player, etc.) have been installed, check for incidents such as harness
pinches, open circuits or improper wiring.
• If the following components are replaced with non-genuine components or modified, the VDC OFF indicator
lamp and SLIP indicator lamp may turn on or the VDC system may not operate properly. Components
related to suspension (shock absorbers, struts, springs, bushings, etc.), tires, wheels (exclude specified
size), components related to brake system (pads, rotors, calipers, etc.), components related to engine (muf-
fler, ECM, etc.), components related to body reinforcement (roll bar, tower bar, etc.).
• Driving with broken or excessively worn suspension components, tires or brake system components may
cause the VDC OFF indicator lamp and the SLIP indicator lamp to turn on, and the VDC system may not
operate properly.
• When the TCS or VDC is activated by sudden acceleration or sudden turn, some noise may occur. The
noise is a result of the normal operation of the TCS and VDC.
• When driving on roads which have extreme slopes (such as mountainous roads) or high banks (such as
sharp curves on a freeway), the VDC may not operate normally, or the VDC warning lamp and the SLIP indi-
cator lamp may turn on. This is not a problem if normal operation can be resumed after restarting the engine.
• Sudden turns (such as spin turns, acceleration turns), drifting, etc. with VDC turned off may cause the yaw
rate/side/decel G sensor to indicate a problem. This is not a problem if normal operation can be resumed
after restarting the engine.
• If battery is removed or steering angle sensor is disconnected, power to steering angle sensor is lost and the
screen goes into steering angle sensor safe mode.
• When screen goes into steering angle sensor safe mode, perform "Adjustment of Steering Angle Sensor
Neutral Position" with CONSULT and check that VDC OFF indicator turns off. Additionally, perform self-diag-
nosis, check that only "Steering Angle Sensor Safe Mode" is shown for self-diagnostic result, and then
delete the memory. (If the self-diagnostic result shows an indication other than "Steering Angle Sensor Safe
Mode", repair the relevant part and restart self-diagnosis.) The steering angle sensor is released and returns
to normal condition by performing the above operation.
• When checking, if only "Steering Angle Sensor Safe Mode" is shown in the self-diagnostic result and VDC
OFF indicator is off, delete history of malfunction. This happens when battery power supply is lost and the
screen goes into Steering Angle Sensor Safe Mode, and then screen returns to normal mode automatically
by driving the vehicle in a straight forward direction [for approximately 30 seconds at 20 km/h (12 MPH) or
more] after power is supplied again.
Revision: August 2014 BRC-228 2015 Frontier NAM
PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [TYPE 2]
NOTE:
VDC OFF indicator lamp is on when VDC OFF switch is on. A
Precaution for CAN System INFOID:0000000010710922

• Do not apply voltage of 7.0V or higher to terminal to be measured. B


• Maximum open terminal voltage of tester in use must be less than 7.0V.
• Before checking harnesses, turn ignition switch OFF and disconnect battery negative cable.
• Area to be repaired must be soldered and wrapped with tape. C
Make sure that fraying of twisted wire is within 110 mm (4.33 in).

PKIA0306E BRC

• Do not make a bypass connection to repaired area. (If the circuit is


bypassed, characteristics of twisted wire will be lost.) G

PKIA0307E

Revision: August 2014 BRC-229 2015 Frontier NAM


PREPARATION
< PREPARATION > [TYPE 2]

PREPARATION
PREPARATION
Special Service Tool INFOID:0000000010710923

The actual shape of the tools may differ from those illustrated here.
Tool number Description
(TechMate No.)
Tool name
KV991J0080 Checking operation of ABS active wheel sen-
(J-45741) sors
ABS active wheel sensor tester

WFIA0101E

ST30031000 Removing sensor rotor


( — )
Bearing puller

ZZA0700D

Commercial Service Tool INFOID:0000000010710924

Tool name Description


1. Flare nut crowfoot Tightening brake tube flare nuts
2. Torque wrench a: 10 mm (0.39 in)/12 mm (0.47 in)

S-NT360

Power tool Loosening nuts, screws and bolts

PIIB1407E

Revision: August 2014 BRC-230 2015 Frontier NAM


WHEEL SENSOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]

UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A


WHEEL SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710925
B

BRC

WFIA0339E
H
1. Front wheel sensor 2. Rear wheel sensor (C200) 3. Rear wheel sensor (M226)

REMOVAL
I
1. Remove wheel sensor bolt.
• When removing the front wheel sensor, first remove the disc rotor to gain access to the front wheel sen-
sor. Refer to BR-36, "Removal and Installation of Brake Caliper and Disc Rotor".
J
2. Pull the wheel sensor straight out, being careful to turn it as little as possible.
CAUTION:
• Be careful not to damage the wheel sensor edge and sensor rotor teeth.
• Do not pull on the wheel sensor harness. K
3. Disconnect wheel sensor harness connector, then remove the wheel sensor harness from the mounts to
remove the wheel sensor.
L
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Before installing wheel sensors do the following:
- Inspect and replace the wheel sensor if damaged. M
- Clean the wheel sensor hole and mating surface with brake cleaner and a lint-free cloth. Be careful that dirt
and debris do not enter the hub and bearing assembly or the rear axle.
N

Revision: August 2014 BRC-231 2015 Frontier NAM


SENSOR ROTOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
SENSOR ROTOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710926

FRONT
Removal and Installation
The wheel sensor rotors are built into the wheel hubs and are not removable. If damaged, replace wheel hub
and bearing assembly. Refer to FAX-8, "Removal and Installation"
REAR (C200)
Removal and Installation
It is necessary to disassemble the rear axle to replace the sensor rotor. Perform the axle shaft assembly
removal procedure to replace sensor rotor. Refer to RAX-7, "Removal and Installation".
REAR (M226)
Removal
1. Remove the axle shaft assembly. Refer to RAX-19, "Removal and Installation".
2. Pull the sensor rotor off of the axle shaft using Tool and a suitable press.

Tool number : ST30031000 ( — )


Installation
1. Install the new sensor rotor on the axle shaft using a suitable
length steel tube and a press. Make sure the sensor rotor is fully
seated.
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the old sensor rotor.
2. Install the axle shaft assembly. Refer to RAX-19, "Removal and
Installation".
CAUTION:
Do not reuse the axle oil seal. The axle oil seal must be
replaced every time the axle shaft assembly is removed
from the axle shaft housing. WFIA0341E

Revision: August 2014 BRC-232 2015 Frontier NAM


ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710927

BRC

J
AWFIA0743GB

1. From master cylinder secondary side 2. To rear right disc brake 3. To rear left disc brake K
18.2 N·m (1.9 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) 13.0 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb) 13.0 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb)
4. To front right disc brake 5. To front left disc brake 6. From master cylinder primary side
13.0 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb) 13.0 N·m (1.3 kg-m, 10 ft-lb) 18.2 N·m (1.9 kg-m, 13 ft-lb) L
7. ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) 8. Harness connector Front

NOTE:
When removing components such as hoses, tubes/lines, etc., cap or plug openings to prevent fluid from spill- M
ing.
REMOVAL
N
1. Disconnect the negative battery terminal. Refer to PG-89, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove air cleaner case. Refer to EM-141, "Exploded View".
3. Disconnect the harness connector from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). O
CAUTION:
• To remove the brake tubes, use a flare nut wrench to prevent the flare nuts and brake tubes from
being damaged.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas. P
4. Disconnect the brake tubes.
5. Remove the three bolts and remove the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
6. Remove the bolt and remove the bracket from the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.

Revision: August 2014 BRC-233 2015 Frontier NAM


ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (ASSEMBLY)
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
• If the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) is replaced, make sure to adjust position of steering angle
sensor. Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Spe-
cial Repair Requirement".

ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) bolt (LH side) : 7.0 N·m (0.7 kg-m, 62 in-lb)
CAUTION:
• All hoses and piping (tubes) must be free from excessive bending, twisting and pulling.
• Make sure there is no interference with other parts when turning steering both clockwise and coun-
terclockwise.
• The brake piping is an important safety part. If a brake fluid leak is detected, always disassemble the
parts. Replace applicable part with a new one, if necessary.
• Be careful not to splash brake fluid on painted areas; it may cause paint damage. If brake fluid is
splashed on painted areas, wash it away with water immediately.
• Do not bend or twist brake hose sharply, or strongly pull it.
• When removing components, cover connections so that no dirt, dust, or other foreign matter gets in.
• Do not reuse drained brake fluid.
• After installation of the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit), refill brake system with new
brake fluid, then bleed the air from the brake system. Refer to BR-19, "Bleeding Brake System".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-234 2015 Frontier NAM


STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710928

REMOVAL B
1. Remove the spiral cable. Refer to SR-13, "Removal and Installation".
2. Remove the screws and remove the steering angle sensor from the spiral cable.
C
INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
• Reset the neutral position of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING
ANGLE SENSOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement". D
CAUTION:
Any time the steering angle sensor is removed and installed or replaced, you must reset the neutral
position of the steering angle sensor. Refer to BRC-123, "ADJUSTMENT OF STEERING ANGLE SEN- E
SOR NEUTRAL POSITION : Special Repair Requirement".

BRC

Revision: August 2014 BRC-235 2015 Frontier NAM


YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
< UNIT REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [TYPE 2]
YAW RATE/SIDE/DECEL G SENSOR
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000010710929

REMOVAL
1. Remove center console rear base. Refer to IP-14, "Exploded View".
2. Remove yaw rate/side/decel G sensor attaching nuts as shown.
• The location of the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor is the same
for all models.
CAUTION:
• Do not use power tools to remove or install yaw rate/side/
decel G sensor.
• Do not drop or strike the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor.
3. Disconnect harness connector and remove the yaw rate/side/
decel G sensor.

WFIA0230E

INSTALLATION
Installation is in the reverse order of removal.
NOTE:
After performing the above work, calibrate the yaw rate/side/decel G sensor. Refer to BRC-13, "CALIBRA-
TION OF DECEL G SENSOR : Special Repair Requirement".

Revision: August 2014 BRC-236 2015 Frontier NAM

You might also like